WO2023103924A1 - 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置 - Google Patents

一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023103924A1
WO2023103924A1 PCT/CN2022/136423 CN2022136423W WO2023103924A1 WO 2023103924 A1 WO2023103924 A1 WO 2023103924A1 CN 2022136423 W CN2022136423 W CN 2022136423W WO 2023103924 A1 WO2023103924 A1 WO 2023103924A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
relationship
information block
reference signal
type
res
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/136423
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘铮
张晓博
Original Assignee
上海朗帛通信技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 filed Critical 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023103924A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023103924A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management

Definitions

  • the present application relates to a transmission method and device in a wireless communication system, in particular to a transmission scheme and device for a control channel in wireless communication.
  • the application scenarios of future wireless communication systems are becoming more and more diversified, and different application scenarios put forward different performance requirements for the system.
  • the new air interface technology (NR , New Radio) (or 5G) for research passed the WI (Work Item, work item) of the new air interface technology (NR, New Radio) at the 3GPP RAN #75 plenary meeting, and began to standardize NR.
  • the present application discloses a method used in a first node of wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first information block is used to determine a first set of REs, the first set of REs includes at least one RE, and any RE included in the first set of REs is used for the first type of reference signal;
  • Monitoring control channel candidates in a first control resource set where the first control resource set includes multiple REs, where at least one RE in the first control resource set is used for a second type of reference signal, and the second The type reference signal and the first type reference signal are two different types of reference signals respectively, and the second type reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel;
  • the second information block is used to determine a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes multiple time-frequency units, and any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset includes multiple REs, the Any RE included in the characteristic resource subset belongs to the first control resource set; the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set meet a relationship other than a characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or one of the second relationship; the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only some time-frequency units in the feature resource subset and the first set of REs, and the second relationship includes the There is at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs.
  • the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship and the characteristic relationship can only be one of the first relationship or the second relationship, while increasing the control channel capacity and reducing the Complexity.
  • the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the feature resource subset and the first RE set, reducing complexity while ensuring channel estimation performance.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first information block includes a first sub-information block and a second sub-information block, and the first sub-information block is used to determine the first type of reference signal
  • the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the number of antenna ports of the first RE At least one of the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the set is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the characteristic relationship is determined according to at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs, so as to avoid overly conservative design and optimize system performance .
  • the above method is characterized in that the second information block is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set, and the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset It is related to the precoding granularity of the first set of control resources.
  • the above method is characterized in that it includes:
  • the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device, and at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to obtain from The feature relationship is determined between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the feature relationship is determined according to at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set, which provides flexibility in product design and ensures the performance of the most important control channel.
  • the above method is characterized in that the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is all consecutive RBs, and the discontinuous RB subsets included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain
  • the number is not greater than the first threshold, and the first threshold is a positive integer greater than 1; the first threshold is fixed, or the relationship between the first threshold and the feature is the first relationship or the first The two relationships are related.
  • the design of the first threshold provides a flexible optimization solution between performance and complexity.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first information block is used to determine whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the class reference signal and the second class reference signal.
  • the quasi-co-location between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal can improve the receiving performance of the control channel.
  • the above method is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first number value is equal to the number of time domain symbols occupied by the first set of control resources in the time domain, and the number of time domain symbols occupied by the feature resource subset in the time domain is equal to the first number value ;
  • the fourth information block is used to determine a set of target quantities, the set of target quantities includes a plurality of quantity values, and the second information block is used to determine the first quantity value from the set of target quantities;
  • the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the present application discloses a method in a second node for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first information block is used to indicate a first set of REs, the first set of REs includes at least one RE, and any RE included in the first set of REs is used for the first type of reference signal;
  • Send control channel candidates in a first control resource set where the first control resource set includes multiple REs, where at least one RE in the first control resource set is used for a second type of reference signal, and the second The type reference signal and the first type reference signal are two different types of reference signals respectively, and the second type reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel;
  • the second information block is used to indicate a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes multiple time-frequency units, and any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset includes multiple REs, the Any RE included in the characteristic resource subset belongs to the first control resource set; the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set meet a relationship other than a characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or one of the second relationship; the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only some time-frequency units in the feature resource subset and the first set of REs, and the second relationship includes the There is at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first information block includes a first sub-information block and a second sub-information block, and the first sub-information block is used to determine the first type of reference signal
  • the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the number of antenna ports of the first RE At least one of the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the set is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the above method is characterized in that the second information block is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set, and the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset It is related to the precoding granularity of the first set of control resources.
  • the above method is characterized in that it includes:
  • the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device, and at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to obtain from The feature relationship is determined between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the above method is characterized in that the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is all consecutive RBs, and the discontinuous RB subsets included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain
  • the number is not greater than the first threshold, and the first threshold is a positive integer greater than 1; the first threshold is fixed, or the relationship between the first threshold and the feature is the first relationship or the first The two relationships are related.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first information block is used to indicate whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the class reference signal and the second class reference signal.
  • the above method is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first number value is equal to the number of time domain symbols occupied by the first set of control resources in the time domain, and the number of time domain symbols occupied by the feature resource subset in the time domain is equal to the first number value ;
  • the fourth information block is used to indicate a set of target quantities, the set of target quantities includes a plurality of quantity values, and the second information block is used to determine the first quantity value from the set of target quantities;
  • the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the present application discloses a first node device for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first transceiver receives a first information block and receives a second information block, the first information block is used to determine a first RE set, the first RE set includes at least one RE, and the first RE set includes Any one of the included REs is used for the first type of reference signal;
  • the first receiver monitors control channel candidates in a first set of control resources, the first set of control resources includes multiple REs, and at least one RE included in the first set of control resources is used for the second type of reference signal , the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals respectively, and the second type of reference signal is used for demodulation of a control channel;
  • the second information block is used to determine a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes multiple time-frequency units, and any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset includes multiple REs, the Any RE included in the characteristic resource subset belongs to the first control resource set; the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set meet a relationship other than a characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or one of the second relationship; the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only some time-frequency units in the feature resource subset and the first set of REs, and the second relationship includes the There is at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs.
  • the present application discloses a second node device for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the second transceiver sends a first information block and a second information block, where the first information block is used to indicate a first set of REs, the first set of REs includes at least one RE, and the first set of REs includes Any one of the included REs is used for the first type of reference signal;
  • the first transmitter sends control channel candidates in a first set of control resources, the first set of control resources includes multiple REs, and at least one RE in the first set of control resources is used for the second type of reference signal , the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals respectively, and the second type of reference signal is used for demodulation of a control channel;
  • the second information block is used to indicate a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes multiple time-frequency units, and any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset includes multiple REs, the Any RE included in the characteristic resource subset belongs to the first control resource set; the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set meet a relationship other than a characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or one of the second relationship; the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only some time-frequency units in the feature resource subset and the first set of REs, and the second relationship includes the There is at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs.
  • FIG. 1 shows a flow chart of a first information block, a second information block, and a monitoring control channel option according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first node device and a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 shows a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a first type of reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 7 shows a schematic diagram of the precoding granularity of the first control resource set according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 8 shows a schematic diagram of determining a feature relationship according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 9 shows a schematic diagram of a first threshold according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the relationship between a first type of reference signal and a second type of reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a first quantity value according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device in a first node device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 13 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device in a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiment 1 illustrates a flowchart 100 of a first information block, a second information block, and a monitoring control channel option according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • each block represents a step, and it should be emphasized that the order of the blocks in the figure does not limit the time sequence relationship between the represented steps.
  • the first node device in this application receives the first information block and the second information block in step 101, the first information block is used to determine the first RE set, and the first RE The set includes at least one RE, and any RE included in the first RE set is used for the first type of reference signal; the first node device in this application monitors the control channel device in the first control resource set in step 102
  • the first set of control resources includes multiple REs, at least one RE included in the first set of control resources is used for a second type of reference signal, and the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal They are two different types of reference signals, and the second type of reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel;
  • the second information block is used to determine a characteristic resource subset, and the characteristic resource subset includes A plurality of time-frequency units, any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset includes multiple REs, and any RE included in the characteristic resource subset belongs to the first control resource set; the characteristic resource The relationship between the subset and the
  • the first information block is transmitted through an air interface or a wireless interface.
  • the first information block includes all or part of a high-layer signaling or a physical layer signaling.
  • the first information block includes all or part of an RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) layer signaling or a MAC (Medium Access Control, media access control) layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • MAC Medium Access Control, media access control
  • the first information block includes all or part of a System Information Block (SIB, System Information Block).
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the first information block is cell specific (Cell Specific) or user equipment specific (UE-specific).
  • the first information block is configured per BWP (Bandwidth Part, bandwidth part) (Per BWP Configured).
  • the first information block includes all or part of a field (Field) in a DCI (Downlink Control Information) format.
  • Field Field
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the first information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "lte-CRS-ToMatchAround" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the first information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "lte-CRS-PatternList1-r16" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the first information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "lte-CRS-PatternList2-r16" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "RateMatchPatternLTE-CRS" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "CSI-ResourceConfig" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "CSI-SSB-ResourceSet” in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "CSI-IM-Resource” in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "SSB-Index" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "ssb-periodicityServingCell" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "LTE-CRS-PatternList-r16" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "ServingCellConfig" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the first information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "ServingCellConfigCommon" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the first information block includes more than one sub-information block, and each sub-information block included in the first information block is an IE ( Information Element, information element) or a field (Field); one or more sub-information blocks included in the first information block are used to determine the first RE set.
  • IE Information Element, information element
  • Field Field
  • one or more sub-information blocks included in the first information block are used to determine a RE subset list (List)
  • the RE subset list includes multiple RE sub-blocks set, and the RE subsets in the RE subset list form the first RE set.
  • the expression "the first information block is used to determine the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meaning: the first information block is used by the first node device in this application to determine The first set of REs.
  • the expression "the first information block is used to determine the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first RE set RE collection.
  • the expression "the first information block is used to determine the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first RE set The number and distribution of REs included in the RE set.
  • the expression "the first information block is used to determine the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first RE set The number of reference signal-like antenna ports and the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs.
  • the expression "the first information block is used to determine the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first RE set The number of antenna ports for the class reference signal.
  • the expression "the first information block is used to determine the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first RE set The frequency domain positions of the REs included in the RE set.
  • the expression "the first information block is used to determine the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first RE set The v-shift (v-shift) corresponding to the REs included in the RE set.
  • the expression "the first information block is used to determine the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first RE set
  • the number of antenna ports for reference signals the v-shift (v-shift) corresponding to the REs included in the first set of REs, the bandwidth of the LTE carrier to which the first set of REs belongs in the frequency domain, and the first set of REs.
  • the second information block is transmitted through an air interface or a wireless interface.
  • the second information block includes all or part of a high-layer signaling or a physical layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of an RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) layer signaling or a MAC (Medium Access Control, media access control) layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • MAC Medium Access Control, media access control
  • the second information block includes all or part of a System Information Block (SIB, System Information Block).
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the second information block is cell specific (Cell Specific) or user equipment specific (UE-specific).
  • the second information block is configured per BWP (Bandwidth Part, bandwidth part) (PerBWP Configured).
  • the second information block includes all or part of a field (Field) in a DCI (Downlink Control Information) format.
  • Field Field
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the second information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "controlResourceSetToAddModList" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "controlResourceSetToReleaseList" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "searchSpacesToAddModList" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "searchSpacesToReleaseList" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "pdcch-ConfigSIB1" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the second information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "BWP-DownlinkCommon" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "pdcch-ConfigCommon" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "BWP-DownlinkDedicated" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "pdcch-Config" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "ControlResourceSet” in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in the IE "SearchSpace" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the second information block includes all or part of the domain "frequencyDomainResources" in the IE "ControlResourceSet”.
  • the second information block includes all or part of the field "duration" in the IE "ControlResourceSet”.
  • the second information block includes all or part of the field "reg-BundleSize" in the IE "ControlResourceSet”.
  • the second information block includes all or part of the field "precoderGranularity" in the IE "ControlResourceSet”.
  • the first information block is before the second information block.
  • the first information block is after the second information block.
  • the first information block and the second information block are transmitted through the same physical channel.
  • the first information block and the second information block belong to two different domains in one IE.
  • the first information block and the second information block belong to two different IEs.
  • the subcarrier spacing (SCS, subcarrier spacing) of subcarriers occupied by any RE (Resource Element, resource element) included in the first RE set in the frequency domain is equal to 15 kHz.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the subcarriers occupied by any RE (Resource Element, resource element) included in the first RE set in the frequency domain is equal to 7.5kHz.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the subcarriers occupied by any RE included in the first RE set in the frequency domain is equal to the subcarrier spacing other than 15 kHz.
  • all REs included in the first RE set belong to the same time slot in the time domain.
  • all REs included in the first RE set belong to the same subframe in the time domain.
  • all REs included in the first RE set belong to the same 5G NR time slot in the time domain.
  • the REs included in the first RE set are periodically distributed in the time domain.
  • the first RE set includes all REs used for the first type of reference signal.
  • the first set of REs includes part of the REs used for the first type of reference signal.
  • the first RE set only includes REs used for the first type of reference signal belonging to the same serving cell or the same TRP (Transmit Receive Point, sending and receiving node).
  • the first set of REs includes REs used for the first type of reference signals belonging to different serving cells or different TRPs (Transmit Receive Points, transmitting and receiving nodes).
  • the first type of reference signal is CRS (Common Reference Signal, common reference signal).
  • the first type of reference signal is TRS (Tracking Reference Signal, tracking reference signal).
  • the first type of reference signal is PTRS (Phase-Tracking Reference Signal, phase tracking reference signal).
  • the first type of reference signal is a PRS (Positioning Reference Signal, Positioning Reference Signal).
  • the first type of reference signal is RIM-RS (Remote Interference Measurement, remote interference measurement reference signal).
  • the first type of reference signal is PSS (Primary Synchronization Signal, primary synchronization signal).
  • the first type of reference signal is SSS (Secondary Synchronization Signal, secondary synchronization signal).
  • the first type of reference signal is an SS/PBCH block (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel Block, synchronous broadcast block).
  • SS/PBCH block Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel Block, synchronous broadcast block.
  • the first type of reference signal is a CSI-RS (channel status information reference signal, channel state information reference signal).
  • CSI-RS channel status information reference signal, channel state information reference signal
  • the first type of reference signal is a reference signal in LTE (Long Term Evolution, long-term evolution).
  • the first type of reference signal is a CSI-RS in LTE.
  • the first node device in this application assumes (assume) that any RE included in the first RE set is used for the first type of reference signal.
  • the reference signal resource of the first type is mapped to any RE included in the first set of REs.
  • the reference signal of the first type occupies any RE included in the first set of REs.
  • any RE included in the first RE set is actually used for the first type of reference signal.
  • the first set of REs includes a RE that is not actually used for the first type of reference signal, but the first node device in this application assumes that any RE included in the first set of REs REs are used for the first type of reference signal.
  • the first control resource set is a CORESET (Control Resource Set, control resource set).
  • the first set of control resources is a CORESET whose index or identifier is equal to 0.
  • the first set of control resources is a CORESET with an index or a non-zero identifier.
  • the subcarrier spacing (SCS, subcarrier spacing) of the subcarriers occupied by any RE included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain is equal to 15 kHz.
  • the subcarrier spacing (SCS, subcarrier spacing) of the subcarriers included in the bandwidth part (BWP, bandwidth part) to which the first control resource set belongs in the frequency domain is equal to 15 kHz.
  • the subcarrier spacing (SCS, subcarrier spacing) of the subcarriers occupied by any RE included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain is greater than 15 kHz.
  • the first set of control resources is a CORESET in a MO (Monitoring Occasion, monitoring opportunity).
  • the first set of control resources is a CORESET associated to at least one search space set (Search Space Set).
  • any control channel candidate monitored in the first control resource set is a PDCCH candidate (Candidate).
  • any control channel candidate monitored in the first control resource set is a monitored (Monitored) PDCCH candidate (Candidate).
  • any control channel candidate monitored in the first control resource set is a PDCCH candidate belonging to a search space set associated (associated) with the first control resource set.
  • monitoring is decoding (Decoding) the control channel option.
  • the monitoring (Monitoring) of the control channel candidate is blind decoding (Blind Decoding) of the control channel candidate.
  • the monitoring (Monitoring) control channel option is the decoding and CRC check of the control channel option.
  • the monitoring (Monitoring) of the control channel candidate is a CRC check of decoding (decoding) and RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identity, wireless network temporary identifier) scrambling of the control channel candidate.
  • CRC check of decoding
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity, wireless network temporary identifier
  • monitoring is decoding (Decoding) the control channel candidate based on one or more formats (Format(s)) of the monitored DCI.
  • monitoring control channel candidates in the first control resource set includes the following meaning: monitoring control channel candidates belonging to the first control resource set.
  • monitoring control channel candidates in the first control resource set includes the following meaning: monitoring control channel candidates belonging to the search space set associated with the first control resource set.
  • the expression "monitoring control channel candidates in the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meaning: monitoring control channel candidates whose occupied time-frequency resources belong to the first control resource set.
  • the expression "monitoring control channel candidates in the first control resource set” in the claims includes the following meaning: monitoring at least one control channel candidate in the first control resource set.
  • the CCE Control Channel Element, control channel element
  • the CCE occupied by the candidate control channel monitored in the first control resource set belongs to the first control resource set.
  • the number of control channel candidates monitored in the first set of control resources is greater than one.
  • the number of control channel candidates monitored in the first set of control resources is equal to one.
  • the number of control channel candidates monitored in the first set of control resources is configured by signaling.
  • the number of control channel candidates monitored in the first control resource set is equal to the number of control channel candidates included in the search space set associated with the first control resource set.
  • the second type of reference signal is DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal, demodulation reference signal).
  • the second type of reference signal is PDCCH DMRS.
  • the second type of reference signal is a PDCCH DMRS in 5GNR.
  • multiple REs included in the first control resource set are used for the second type of reference signal.
  • the first control resource set includes REs other than the REs used for the second type of reference signal.
  • the distribution of the REs included in the first control resource set and used for the second reference signal in the first control resource set is fixed.
  • the expression "the first set of control resources includes at least one RE used for the second type of reference signal” in the claims includes the following meaning: the second type of reference signal is resource-mapped to the first At least one RE included in a set of control resources.
  • the expression "the first control resource set includes at least one RE used for the second type of reference signal” in the claims includes the following meaning: the second type of reference signal occupies the first control resource At least one RE included in the set.
  • the expression "at least one RE included in the first set of control resources is used for the second type of reference signal” in the claims includes the following meaning: at least one RE included in the first set of control resources is used used for the transmission of the second type of reference signal.
  • the expression "the first control resource set includes at least one RE used for the second type of reference signal” in the claims includes the following meaning: the first node device in this application assumes that the first At least one RE included in a set of control resources is used for the second type of reference signal.
  • the expression "at least one RE included in the first set of control resources is used for the second type of reference signal” in the claims includes the following meaning: at least one RE included in the first set of control resources is actually used used for the second type of reference signal.
  • the expression "at least one RE in the first set of control resources is used for the second type of reference signal” in the claims includes the following meaning: none of the REs in the first set of control resources is actually used for the second type of reference signal, but the first node device in this application assumes that at least one RE included in the first control resource set is used for the second type of reference signal.
  • the first set of control resources includes all REs used for the second type of reference signal.
  • the first set of control resources includes part of the REs used for the second type of reference signal.
  • the expression "the second type of reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second type of reference signal is a PDCCH demodulation reference signal.
  • the expression "the second type of reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel” in the claims includes the following meaning: the second type of reference signal is used for channel estimation when the control channel is demodulated.
  • the expression "the second type of reference signal is used for the demodulation of the control channel” in the claims includes the following meaning: the channel experienced by the modulation symbol of the control channel transmitted on one antenna port can pass through the same Derivation of the sign of the second type of reference signal transmitted on the antenna port.
  • the expression "the second type of reference signal is used for the demodulation of the control channel” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the second type of reference signal and the control channel used for demodulation are in the In this application, when the first node device assumes that the same precoding resource is used, the channel experienced by the modulation symbol of the control channel transmitted on one antenna port can pass through the second type of channel transmitted on the same antenna port. Symbolic derivation of the reference signal.
  • the expression "the second-type reference signal and the first-type reference signal are two different types of reference signals" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second-type reference signal and the The first type of reference signal belongs to two different RATs (Radio Access Technology, radio access technology).
  • RATs Radio Access Technology, radio access technology
  • the expression "the second-type reference signal and the first-type reference signal are two different types of reference signals” in the claims includes the following meanings: the second-type reference signal and the The first type of reference signal belongs to 5GNR (New Radio, new wireless) and LTE respectively.
  • the expression "the second-type reference signal and the first-type reference signal are two different types of reference signals” in the claims includes the following meanings: the second-type reference signal and the The first type of reference signals all belong to 5GNR, but the purposes of the second type of reference signals and the first type of reference signals are different.
  • the expression "the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second type of reference signal is DMRS, The first type of reference signal is a CRS.
  • the expression "the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second type of reference signal is DMRS, The first type of reference signal is an SS/PBCH block.
  • the expression "the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second type of reference signal is PDCCH DMRS , the first type of reference signal is a CRS.
  • the expression "the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second type of reference signal is DMRS, The first type of reference signal is CSI-RS.
  • the expression "the second-type reference signal and the first-type reference signal are two different types of reference signals" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second-type reference signal reflects, etc.
  • the reference signal of the price channel, the reference signal of the first type is a reference signal reflecting an actual channel.
  • the expression "the second-type reference signal and the first-type reference signal are two different types of reference signals" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second-type reference signal is pre-prepared A coded reference signal, where the first type of reference signal is a reference signal that has not been precoded.
  • the feature resource subset and the first control resource set are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the characteristic resource subset and the first control resource set are different.
  • the feature resource subset belongs to the first control resource set.
  • the first control resource set includes REs other than the characteristic resource subset.
  • the characteristic resource subset includes multiple REs.
  • the number of time-frequency units included in the feature resource subset is related to the precoding granularity of the first control resource set.
  • the first node device in this application assumes that the same precoding is used in the characteristic resource subsets.
  • the characteristic resource subset is a precoding particle of the first control resource set.
  • the characteristic resource subset is a REG (Resource Element Group, resource element group) binding (bundle).
  • REG Resource Element Group, resource element group
  • the characteristic resource subset is a CCE.
  • the characteristic resource subset occupies an RB subset included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain and occupies continuous RBs in the frequency domain.
  • the characteristic resource subset is a set of REGs that the first node device may assume to use the same precoding.
  • the characteristic resource subset is a REG bundle (bundle), or the characteristic resource subset occupies the first control resource set in the frequency domain and occupies consecutive RBs in the frequency domain.
  • a RB subset is a REG bundle (bundle), or the characteristic resource subset occupies the first control resource set in the frequency domain and occupies consecutive RBs in the frequency domain.
  • the feature resource subset is a time-frequency resource occupied by a candidate control channel.
  • the characteristic resource subset is composed of REs occupied by a candidate control channel.
  • the feature resource subset is composed of REGs or REG bundles occupied by a control channel candidate.
  • the feature resource subset is composed of CCEs occupied by a candidate control channel.
  • the subset of characteristic resources occupies continuous resources in the frequency domain, and occupies continuous resources in the time domain.
  • the feature resource subset occupies consecutive RBs in the frequency domain and consecutive time-domain symbols in the time domain.
  • the time domain symbols occupied by the feature resource subset in the time domain are the same as the time domain symbols occupied by the first control resource set in the time domain.
  • the feature resource subset and the first control resource set occupy the same time domain resource in the time domain.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used by the first node device in this application to determine The feature resource subset.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset” in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the feature A subset of resources.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the feature
  • the resource subset includes RBs in the frequency domain and time domain symbols in the time domain.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the characteristic resource subset" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second information block includes a bitmap (bitmap), and the second information block The included bitmap is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the RBs included in the characteristic resource subset in the frequency domain; the second information block includes a duration (duration) indication, and the second information block The included duration indication is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the number of time-domain symbols included in the feature resource subset in the time domain.
  • bitmap bitmap
  • duration indication is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the number of time-domain symbols included in the feature resource subset in the time domain.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first A precoding granularity of a control resource set, the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is used to determine the feature resource subset.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first A precoding granularity of a control resource set, the characteristic resource subset is a precoding granularity of the first control resource set.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the characteristic resource subset" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second information block includes a bitmap (bitmap), and the second information block
  • the included bitmap is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the RBs included in the first set of control resources in the frequency domain;
  • the second information block includes a precoding granularity indication, and the second information
  • the precoding granularity indication included in the block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the precoding granularity of the first control resource set; when the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is REG binding When the characteristic resource subset is a REG binding; when the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is consecutive RBs, the characteristic resource subset is one of the second information blocks included
  • An RB subset indicated by a bitmap includes continuous RBs in the frequency domain.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate that the The monitored control channel candidates in the first control resource set, the characteristic resource subset is the time-frequency resource occupied by a control channel candidate monitored in the first control resource set.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first A set of control resources, the control channels monitored in the first set of control resources can be selected to belong to the set of search spaces associated with the first set of control resources, and the subset of characteristic resources is in the first set of control resources The time-frequency resource occupied by a candidate control channel monitored in the set.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first A set of search spaces associated with a set of control resources, the control channel candidates monitored in the first set of control resources belong to the set of search spaces associated with the first set of control resources, and the subset of characteristic resources is in A time-frequency resource occupied by a candidate control channel monitored in the first set of control resources.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first A control resource set, the feature resource subset is a CCE included in the first control resource set.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the feature resource subset" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first A control resource set, the feature resource subset is a REG bundle included in the first control resource set.
  • any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset occupies one RB in the frequency domain and one time-domain symbol in the time domain.
  • any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset is a REG.
  • any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset is a CCE.
  • any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset is a REG bundle.
  • any two time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset include the same number of REs.
  • the characteristic resource subset includes two time-frequency units including different numbers of REs.
  • At least one RE included in any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset is used for the second type of reference signal.
  • the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset.
  • the two different fields included in the second information block are respectively used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the time and frequency included in the first set of control resources and the subset of characteristic resources. the number of units.
  • any RE included in any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset belongs to the first control resource set.
  • the relationship between the feature resource subset and the first RE set conforming to the feature relationship” is equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression “the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship” and the expression “the first node device in this application does not expect the The feature resource subset and the first RE set comply with the feature relationship” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the characteristic relationship is the second relationship
  • the first node device does not expect any overlapping REs between the characteristic resource subset and the first set of REs to be equivalent or to be interchangeable.
  • the feature relationship is determined from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship is configured by signaling.
  • whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship is determined according to a conditional relationship.
  • whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship is determined according to the capability of the first node device in this application.
  • whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship is predefined.
  • the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • signaling outside the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the capability (capability) report of the first node device is used to explicitly or implicitly determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • At least one of a network signaling or a capability report of the first node device is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the capability (capability) report of the first node device is used together with the second information block to explicitly or implicitly determine the feature relationship.
  • the capability (capability) report of the first node device is used together with the signaling outside the second information block to explicitly or implicitly derive from the first relationship or the second
  • the characteristic relationship is determined in two relationships.
  • the capability report of the first node device explicitly or implicitly indicates that the capability of supporting CRS puncture (Puncture) PDCCH and the feature relationship are equivalent or equal to the first relationship can be used interchangeably.
  • the capability report of the first node device explicitly or implicitly indicates the capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between CRS and PDCCH (or CORESET) and the feature relationship is the first Relationships are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the capability report of the first node device explicitly or implicitly indicates that the capability of not supporting CRS puncture (Puncture) PDCCH and the characteristic relationship between the second relationship are equivalent or are interchangeable.
  • the capability report of the first node device explicitly or implicitly indicates that only the orthogonal capability between CRS and PDCCH (or CORESET) is supported and the feature relationship is between the second relationship are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the CRS punctured (Puncture) PDCCH is configured or provided or turned on (enable or on) and the feature relationship and the first relationship are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the CRS puncture (Puncture) PDCCH is not configured or is not provided or is turned off (disable or off) and the characteristic relationship between the second relationship is equivalent or can be used interchangeably .
  • REs that support overlapping between the first set of REs and the first set of control resources are configured or provided or turned on (enable or on) and the feature relationship is one of the first relationships are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the overlapping REs between the first set of REs and the first set of control resources are not configured or provided or turned off (disable or off), and the feature relationship is the second Relationships are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the first set of REs and the first set of control resources do not support any overlapping REs and the feature relationship is that the second relationship is equivalent or can be used interchangeably .
  • REs with at least one overlap between a set of REs and the first set of control resources are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the capability (capability) report of the first node device when used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first capability, feature signaling is used to explicitly or implicitly obtain the first capability from the The characteristic relationship is indicated in the first relationship or the second relationship; when the capability report of the first node device indicates the second capability explicitly or implicitly, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship; The first capability and the second capability are different capabilities.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting a CRS punctured (Puncture) PDCCH
  • the second capability is a capability of not supporting a CRS punctured (Puncture) PDCCH.
  • the first capability is the capability to support at least one overlapping RE between CRS and PDCCH (or CORESET), and the second capability is not to support CRS and PDCCH (CORESET). There is any overlap between the capabilities of the RE.
  • the first capability is the capability to support at least one overlapping RE between CRS and PDCCH (or CORESET), and the second capability is to only support CRS and PDCCH (CORESET) ability to pay.
  • the first capability is to support at least one overlapping RE between CRS and PDCCH (or CORESET) and the capability of orthogonality between CRS and PDCCH
  • the second capability is only Supports the orthogonal capability of CRS and PDCCH (CORESET).
  • the first capability and the second capability are capabilities of two types of channel estimation.
  • the first capability is the capability to support at least one overlapping RE between the first RE set and the first control resource set, and the second capability is not to support There is any overlapping RE capability between the first set of REs and the first set of control resources.
  • the feature signaling includes all or part of fields included in the second information block.
  • the feature signaling and the second information block belong to different fields of the same IE.
  • the characteristic signaling and the second information block are two different signalings.
  • the index of the first set of control resources is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set” in the claims means: the first A relationship and "at least one overlapping RE exists between only part of the time-frequency units in the feature resource subset and the first RE set" are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression "the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set” in the claims means: the first A relationship is that there is at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first set of REs.
  • the expression "the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set” in the claims means: the first A relationship and "There is at least one overlapping RE between the first time-frequency unit in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, and the second time-frequency unit in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE There is no overlapping RE between the sets, and the first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit are two different time-frequency units belonging to the characteristic resource subset” are equal or are can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression "the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set” in the claims means: the first A relationship and "between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, there is at least one overlapping RE between each time-frequency unit and the first RE, and the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set
  • the first RE sets are not orthogonal to each other" are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression “the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set” in the claims means: the first A relationship is equivalent to "the characteristic resource subset is not orthogonal to the first RE set but the characteristic resource subset includes a time-frequency unit and is orthogonal to the first RE set” Or they can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression "the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set” in the claims means: the first A relationship and "There is at least one overlapping RE between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, but there is no overlap between a time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set RE" are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression "the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set” in the claims means: the first A relationship and "There is at least one overlapping RE between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, but there is no overlap between a time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set RE" are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression "the second relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs" in the claims means: the second relationship and "the There is at least one overlapping RE” between the characteristic resource subset and the first set of REs" are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression "the second relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs" in the claims means that the second relationship is the There is at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs.
  • the expression "the second relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs" in the claims means: the second relationship and "the The characteristic resource subsets and the first RE set are not orthogonal" are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression "the second relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs" in the claims means: the second relationship and "the At least one time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset and at least one overlapping RE" between the first set of REs" are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression "the second relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between the feature resource subset and the first set of REs" in the claims means: the second relationship and "at least An RE belonging to both the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set" is equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the expression in the claims “the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship;
  • the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, and the second relationship includes the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set
  • There is at least one overlapping RE among the RE sets includes the following meanings: the first node device in this application does not expect (not expect) only part of the time-frequency units included in the feature resource subset and the first There are overlapping REs among the RE sets, or the first node device in this application does not expect any overlapping REs between the feature resource subset and the first RE set.
  • the expression in the claims “the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship;
  • the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, and the second relationship includes the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set
  • There is at least one overlapping RE among the RE sets includes the following meanings: the first node device in this application expects that the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set are either orthogonal or all There is at least one overlapping RE between each time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set.
  • the expression in the claims “the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship;
  • the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, and the second relationship includes the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set
  • There is at least one overlapping RE among RE sets includes the following meanings: when the characteristic relationship is the first relationship, the first node device in this application does not expect that only part of the time-frequency in the characteristic resource subset There is at least one overlapping RE between the unit and the first RE set; when the characteristic relationship is the second relationship, the first node device in this application does not expect the characteristic resource subset and the There are any overlapping REs among the first set of REs.
  • the expression in the claims "the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship;
  • the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, and the second relationship includes the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set
  • There is at least one overlapping RE among the RE sets includes the following meanings: when the capability report of the first node device explicitly or implicitly indicates that there is overlap between supporting CORESET (or PDCCH) and the first type of reference signal
  • the first node device in this application does not expect at least one overlapping RE to exist between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first set of REs; otherwise, in this application The first node device does not expect any overlapping REs between the characteristic resource subset and the first set of REs.
  • the expression in the claims “the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship;
  • the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, and the second relationship includes the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set
  • There is at least one overlapping RE among the RE sets includes the following meanings: when the capability report of the first node device explicitly or implicitly indicates that the first type of reference signal supports puncturing or occupies the CORESET (or PDCCH)
  • the first node device in this application does not expect that there is at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the feature resource subset and the first set of REs; otherwise, the The first node device does not expect any overlapping REs between the characteristic resource subset and the first set of REs.
  • the expression in the claims “the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship;
  • the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, and the second relationship includes the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set
  • There is at least one overlapping RE among the RE sets includes the following meanings: when the capability report of the first node device explicitly or implicitly indicates that there is overlap between supporting CORESET (or PDCCH) and the first type of reference signal When the capability of the RE and the signaling configuration overlaps between the CORESET (or PDCCH) and the first type of reference signal, the RE is enabled (enabled), the first node device in this application does not expect the feature There is at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the resource subset and the first RE set; otherwise, the first node device in this application does not expect the characteristic resource subset and the first
  • the expression in the claims “the relationship between the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship;
  • the first relationship includes at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units in the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set, and the second relationship includes the characteristic resource subset and the first RE set
  • There is at least one overlapping RE among the RE sets includes the following meanings: when the capability report of the first node device explicitly or implicitly indicates that the first type of reference signal supports puncturing or occupies the CORESET (or PDCCH)
  • the capability of the RE is enabled and the first node device in this application does not expect the characteristic resource sub-
  • There is at least one overlapping RE between only part of the time-frequency units and the first RE set otherwise, the first node device in this application does not expect the feature resource subset and the first RE set to There are any overlapping REs.
  • overlapping REs exist between the first set of control resources and the first set of REs.
  • the first set of control resources and the first set of REs are non-orthogonal.
  • the first set of control resources is orthogonal to the first set of REs.
  • the REs that overlap between the first set of control resources and the first set of REs are identical to the REs that are punctured by the first type of reference signal in the first set of control resources. or can be used interchangeably.
  • the overlapping REs between the first control resource set and the first RE set and the PDCCH punctured by the LTE CRS are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the REs allowed to overlap between the first set of control resources and the first set of REs and the signaling configuration PDCCH allowed to be punctured by the LTE CRS are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • Embodiment 2 illustrates a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • Accompanying drawing 2 illustrates 5G NR, the diagram of the network architecture 200 of LTE (Long-Term Evolution, long-term evolution) and LTE-A (Long-Term Evolution Advanced, enhanced long-term evolution) system.
  • the 5G NR or LTE network architecture 200 may be referred to as 5GS (5G System)/EPS (Evolved Packet System, Evolved Packet System) 200 or some other suitable term.
  • 5GS/EPS 200 may include one or more UE (User Equipment, user equipment) 201, NG-RAN (next generation radio access network) 202, 5GC (5G Core Network, 5G core network)/EPC (Evolved Packet Core, Evolved packet core) 210, HSS (Home Subscriber Server)/UDM (Unified Data Management, unified data management) 220 and Internet service 230.
  • 5GS/EPS can be interconnected with other access networks, but for simplicity Show these entities/interfaces. As shown, 5GS/EPS provides packet-switched services, however those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the various concepts presented throughout this application can be extended to networks providing circuit-switched services or other cellular networks.
  • NG-RAN includes NR/evolved Node B (gNB/eNB) 203 and other gNBs (eNB) 204 .
  • the gNB (eNB) 203 provides user and control plane protocol termination towards the UE 201 .
  • a gNB (eNB) 203 may connect to other gNBs (eNBs) 204 via an Xn/X2 interface (eg, backhaul).
  • gNB (eNB) 203 may also be referred to as a base station, base transceiver station, radio base station, radio transceiver, transceiver function, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), TRP (Transmit Receiver Node) or some other appropriate term.
  • BSS Basic Service Set
  • ESS Extended Service Set
  • TRP Transmit Receiver Node
  • gNB (eNB) 203 provides UE 201 with an access point to 5GC/EPC 210 .
  • UE 201 include cellular phones, smart phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, laptop computers, personal digital assistants (PDAs), satellite radios, non-terrestrial base station communications, satellite mobile communications, global positioning systems, multimedia devices , video devices, digital audio players (e.g., MP3 players), cameras, game consoles, drones, aircraft, NB-IoT devices, machine-type communication devices, land vehicles, automobiles, wearable devices, or any Other devices with similar functions.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • satellite radios non-terrestrial base station communications
  • satellite mobile communications global positioning systems
  • multimedia devices video devices
  • digital audio players e.g., MP3 players
  • cameras game consoles, drones, aircraft, NB-IoT devices, machine-type communication devices, land vehicles, automobiles, wearable devices, or any Other devices
  • UE 201 may also refer to UE 201 as a mobile station, subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, Mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client or some other suitable term.
  • gNB (eNB) 203 is connected to 5GC/EPC210 through S1/NG interface.
  • 5GC/EPC210 includes MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity)/AMF (Authentication Management Field, authentication management domain)/SMF (Session Management Function, Session management function) 211, other MME/AMF/SMF 214, S-GW (Service Gateway, service gateway)/UPF (User Plane Function, user plane function) 212 and P-GW (Packet Date Network Gateway, packet data network gateway) /UPF213.
  • MME/AMF/SMF211 is a control node that handles signaling between UE201 and 5GC/EPC210. In general, the MME/AMF/SMF 211 provides bearer and connection management.
  • All user IP (Internet Protocol, Internet Protocol) packets are transmitted through S-GW/UPF212, and S-GW/UPF212 itself is connected to P-GW/UPF213.
  • P-GW provides UE IP address allocation and other functions.
  • P-GW/UPF 213 connects to Internet service 230 .
  • the Internet service 230 includes the Internet protocol service corresponding to the operator, and specifically may include the Internet, the intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) and packet-switched streaming services.
  • the UE 201 corresponds to the first node device in this application.
  • the gNB (eNB) 201 corresponds to the second node device in this application.
  • Embodiment 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture for a user plane 350 and a control plane 300.
  • FIG. 3 shows three layers for a first node device (UE or gNB) and a second node device (gNB or UE ) radio protocol architecture of the control plane 300: layer 1, layer 2 and layer 3.
  • Layer 1 (L1 layer) is the lowest layer and implements various PHY (Physical Layer) signal processing functions.
  • the L1 layer will be referred to herein as PHY 301 .
  • Layer 2 (L2 layer) 305 is above the PHY 301 and is responsible for the link between the first node device and the second node device through the PHY 301 .
  • L2 layer 305 includes MAC (Medium Access Control, Media Access Control) sublayer 302, RLC (Radio Link Control, radio link layer control protocol) sublayer 303 and PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol, packet data convergence protocol) sublayer 304. These sublayers are terminated at the second node device.
  • the PDCP sublayer 304 provides multiplexing between different radio bearers and logical channels.
  • the PDCP sublayer 304 also provides security by encrypting data packets, and provides handoff support for the first node device between the second node devices.
  • the RLC sublayer 303 provides segmentation and reassembly of upper layer packets, retransmission of lost packets, and reordering of packets to compensate for out-of-order reception due to HARQ.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 provides multiplexing between logical and transport channels.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for allocating various radio resources (eg, resource blocks) in a cell among the first node devices.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for HARQ operations.
  • the RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) sublayer 306 in the layer 3 (L3 layer) in the control plane 300 is responsible for obtaining radio resources (that is, radio bearers) and using the communication between the second node device and the first node device RRC signaling to configure the lower layers.
  • radio resources that is, radio bearers
  • the radio protocol architecture of the user plane 350 includes layer 1 (L1 layer) and layer 2 (L2 layer), the radio protocol architecture for the first node device and the second node device in the user plane 350 is for the physical layer 351, the L2 layer 355
  • the PDCP sublayer 354 in the L2 layer 355, the RLC sublayer 353 in the L2 layer 355, and the MAC sublayer 352 in the L2 layer 355 are substantially the same as the corresponding layers and sublayers in the control plane 300, but the PDCP sublayer 354 also provides Header compression of upper layer packets to reduce radio transmission overhead.
  • the L2 layer 355 in the user plane 350 also includes a SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol, Service Data Adaptation Protocol) sublayer 356, and the SDAP sublayer 356 is responsible for the mapping between the QoS flow and the data radio bearer (DRB, Data Radio Bearer) , to support business diversity.
  • the first node device may have several upper layers above the L2 layer 355, including a network layer (e.g., IP layer) terminating at the P-GW on the network side and a network layer terminating at the other end of the connection.
  • Application layer at eg, remote UE, server, etc.).
  • the wireless protocol architecture in FIG. 3 is applicable to the first node device in this application.
  • the wireless protocol architecture in FIG. 3 is applicable to the second node device in this application.
  • the first information block in this application is generated by the RRC306, or the MAC302, or the MAC352, or the PHY301, or the PHY351.
  • the second information block in this application is generated by the RRC306, or the MAC302, or the MAC352, or the PHY301, or the PHY351.
  • control signaling in this application may be generated in the RRC306, or the MAC302, or the MAC352, or the PHY301, or the PHY351.
  • the third information block in this application is generated by the RRC306, or the MAC302, or the MAC352, or the PHY301, or the PHY351.
  • the fourth information block in this application is generated by the RRC306, or the MAC302, or the MAC352, or the PHY301, or the PHY351.
  • Embodiment 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first node device and a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 4 .
  • a controller/processor 490, a data source/buffer 480, a receive processor 452, a transmitter/receiver 456 and a transmit processor 455 may be included in the first node device (450), and the transmitter/receiver 456 includes an antenna 460.
  • a controller/processor 440, a data source/buffer 430, a receiving processor 412, a transmitter/receiver 416 and a transmitting processor 415 may be included in the second node device (410), and the transmitter/receiver 416 includes an antenna 420.
  • upper layer packets such as the upper layer information contained in the first information block, second information block and fourth information block in this application, are provided to the controller/processor 440 .
  • the controller/processor 440 implements the functions of the L2 layer and above.
  • the controller/processor 440 provides header compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, multiplexing between logical and transport channels, and radio communication to the first node device 450 based on various priority metrics. Resource allocation.
  • the controller/processor 440 is also responsible for HARQ operation, retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the first node device 450, such as included in the first information block, second information block and fourth information block in this application High level information is all generated in controller/processor 440 .
  • the transmit processor 415 implements various signal processing functions for the L1 layer (i.e., the physical layer), including coding, interleaving, scrambling, modulation, power control/allocation, precoding, and physical layer control signaling generation, etc., such as this
  • the generation of the physical layer signals of the first information block, the second information block and the fourth information block in the application and the physical layer signals of the control channel options is completed in the transmitting processor 415 .
  • the generated modulation symbols are divided into parallel streams and each stream is mapped to corresponding multi-carrier subcarriers and/or multi-carrier symbols, and then mapped to antenna 420 by transmit processor 415 via transmitter 416 for transmission in the form of radio frequency signals.
  • each receiver 456 receives the radio frequency signal through its respective antenna 460 , each receiver 456 recovers the baseband information modulated onto a radio frequency carrier, and provides the baseband information to the receive processor 452 .
  • the reception processor 452 implements various signal reception processing functions of the L1 layer.
  • the signal reception processing function includes the reception of the physical layer signals of the first information block, the second information block and the fourth information block in this application and the physical layer signals of the control channel, through the multi-carrier symbols in the multi-carrier symbol stream Demodulation based on various modulation schemes (e.g., Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK), Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK)), followed by descrambling, decoding and deinterleaving to recover the Data or control transmitted by 410 , which then provides data and control signals to controller/processor 490 .
  • BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying
  • QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
  • the controller/processor 490 is responsible for the L2 layer and above layers, and the controller/processor 490 interprets the high-level information contained in the first information block, the second information block and the fourth information block in this application.
  • the controller/processor can be associated with memory 480 that stores program codes and data. Memory 480 may be referred to as a computer-readable medium.
  • uplink (UL) transmission similar to downlink transmission, high-level information including the high-level information included in the third information block in this application is generated by the controller/processor 490 and implemented by the transmit processor 455 for the L1 layer (i.e. , physical layer) various signal transmission processing functions, including the generation of the physical layer signal carrying the third information block in this application is completed in the transmission processor 455, and then the transmission processor 455 is mapped to the antenna 460 via the transmitter 456 to transmitted in the form of radio frequency signals.
  • Receivers 416 receive radio frequency signals through their respective antennas 420 , each receiver 416 recovers the baseband information modulated onto a radio frequency carrier and provides the baseband information to receive processor 412 .
  • the receiving processor 412 implements various signal receiving processing functions for the L1 layer (i.e., the physical layer), including receiving and processing the physical layer signal carrying the third information block in the present application, and then providing data and/or control signals to the control processor/processor 440.
  • Implementing the functions of the L2 layer in the controller/processor 440 includes interpreting the high-level information, including the interpretation of the high-level information carried by the third information block in this application.
  • the controller/processor can be associated with a buffer 430 that stores program codes and data. Buffer 430 may be a computer readable medium.
  • the apparatus of the first node device 450 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to be compatible with the The at least one processor is used together, the first node device 450 means at least: receiving a first information block and receiving a second information block, the first information block is used to determine a first RE set, the first RE The set includes at least one RE, and any RE included in the first set of REs is used for the first type of reference signal; the control channel candidates are monitored in the first set of control resources, and the first set of control resources includes multiple RE, at least one RE included in the first set of control resources is used for a second type of reference signal, the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals, the The second type of reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel; wherein, the second information block is used to determine a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes a plurality of time-frequency units, and
  • the apparatus of the first node device 450 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: receiving A first information block and a second information block are received, the first information block is used to determine a first set of REs, the first set of REs includes at least one RE, and any RE included in the first set of REs is selected For the first type of reference signal; monitor control channel candidates in a first control resource set, the first control resource set includes multiple REs, and at least one RE in the first control resource set is used for the second Reference signals of the same type, the reference signals of the second type and the reference signals of the first type are two different types of reference signals respectively, and the reference signals of the second type are used for demodulation of control channels; wherein, the first type Two information blocks are used to determine a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes multiple time-frequency units, any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset includes multiple REs, and the characteristic
  • the apparatus of the second node device 410 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to be compatible with the at least one of the processors described above.
  • the second node device 410 means at least: sending a first information block and sending a second information block, the first information block is used to indicate a first set of REs, the first set of REs includes at least one RE, the Any one of the REs included in the first RE set is used for the first type of reference signal; the control channel candidate is sent in the first control resource set, the first control resource set includes multiple REs, and the first control resource At least one RE included in the set is used for a second type of reference signal, the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals, and the second type of reference signal is used for Demodulation of the control channel; wherein, the second information block is used to indicate a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes a plurality of time
  • the second node device 410 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: sending the first An information block and sending a second information block, the first information block is used to indicate a first set of REs, the first set of REs includes at least one RE, and any one of the REs included in the first set of REs is used Based on the first type of reference signal; send control channel candidates in a first set of control resources, the first set of control resources includes multiple REs, and at least one RE in the first set of control resources is used for the second type Reference signals, the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals respectively, and the second type of reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel; wherein, the second type The information block is used to indicate a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes multiple time-frequency units, any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset includes multiple REs, and the characteristic
  • the first node device 450 is a user equipment (UE).
  • UE user equipment
  • the second node device 410 is a base station device (gNB/eNB).
  • receiver 456 (including antenna 460), receive processor 452 and controller/processor 490 are used in this application to receive the first block of information.
  • receiver 456 (including antenna 460), receive processor 452 and controller/processor 490 are used in this application to receive the second information block.
  • receiver 456 (including antenna 460), receive processor 452 and controller/processor 490 are used in this application to monitor control channel candidates in the first set of control resources.
  • the transmitter 456 (including the antenna 460), the transmit processor 455 and the controller/processor 490 are used in this application to transmit the third information block.
  • the receiver 456 (including the antenna 460), the receiver processor 452 and the controller/processor 490 are used in this application to receive the fourth information block.
  • the transmitter 416 (including the antenna 420), the transmitting processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 are used to transmit the first information block in this application.
  • the transmitter 416 (including the antenna 420), the transmitting processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 are used to transmit the second information block in this application.
  • the transmitter 416 (including the antenna 420), the transmitting processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 are used to transmit the control channel options transmitted in the first set of control resources in this application.
  • the receiver 416 (including the antenna 420), the receiver processor 412 and the controller/processor 440 are used to receive the third information block in this application.
  • the transmitter 416 (including the antenna 420), the transmitting processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 are used to transmit the fourth information block in this application.
  • Embodiment 5 illustrates a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the second node device N500 is the maintenance base station of the serving cell of the first node device U550. It is particularly noted that the sequence in this example does not limit the signal transmission sequence and implementation sequence in this application.
  • the fourth information block is sent in step S501, the third information block is received in step S502, the first information block is sent in step S503, the second information block is sent in step S504, and the second information block is sent in step S505
  • the control channel candidates are sent in the first set of control resources.
  • the fourth information block is received in step S551
  • the third information block is sent in step S552
  • the first information block is received in step S553
  • the second information block is received in step S554, and the second information block is received in step S555
  • the control channel candidates are monitored in the first set of control resources.
  • the first information block is used to determine a first set of REs, the first set of REs includes at least one RE, and any one of the REs included in the first set of REs is used for the first type Reference signal;
  • the first control resource set includes multiple REs, at least one RE in the first control resource set is used for a second type of reference signal, and the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference
  • the signals are two types of different reference signals, and the second type of reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel;
  • the second information block is used to determine a characteristic resource subset, and the characteristic resource subset Including multiple time-frequency units, any time-frequency unit included in the feature resource subset includes multiple REs, and any RE included in the feature resource subset belongs to the first control resource set;
  • the feature The relationship between the resource subset and the first set of REs conforms to a relationship other than the characteristic relationship, and the characteristic relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship;
  • the first relationship includes only part of the characteristic resource subset
  • the third information block is transmitted through an air interface or a wireless interface.
  • the third information block includes all or part of a high-layer signaling or a physical layer signaling.
  • the third information block includes all or part of an RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) layer signaling or a MAC (Medium Access Control, media access control) layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • MAC Medium Access Control, media access control
  • the third information block includes all or part of a field (Field) in UCI (Uplink Control Information, uplink control information) format.
  • Field Uplink Control Information, uplink control information
  • the third information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "pdcch-lteCRSPuncturing" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the third information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "FeatureSetDownlink" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the third information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "FeatureSetDownlinkPerCC" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the third information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "BandCombinationList" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the third information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "BandNR" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the third information block includes capability indication information.
  • the expression "the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device” in the claims includes the following meanings: the third information block is used to explicitly or implicitly Indicates the capability of the first node device.
  • the expression "the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device” in the claims includes the following meaning: the third information block is used by the first node in this application The device is used to indicate the capability of the first node device.
  • the expression "the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device” in the claims includes the following meaning: the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device all or part of its capabilities.
  • the expression "the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device” in the claims includes the following meaning: the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device All or part of the capabilities of the PDCCH.
  • the expression "the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device" in the claims includes the following meaning: the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device Whether to support the ability to monitor PDCCH punctured by CRS.
  • the expression "the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device" in the claims includes the following meaning: the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device Whether to support the capability of at least one overlapping RE between the first set of control resources and the first set of REs.
  • the expression "the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device” in the claims includes the following meaning: the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device Whether to support the capability of at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the third information block is before the first information block.
  • the third information block is after the first information block.
  • the third information block is before the second information block.
  • the third information block is after the second information block.
  • the fourth information block is transmitted through an air interface or a wireless interface.
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of a high-layer signaling or a physical layer signaling.
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of an RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) layer signaling or a MAC (Medium Access Control, media access control) layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • MAC Medium Access Control, media access control
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of a MIB (Master Information Block, master information block).
  • MIB Master Information Block, master information block
  • the fourth information block is carried by SSB.
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of a system information block
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of SIB1.
  • the fourth information block is cell-specific (Cell Specific).
  • the fourth information block is configured per BWP (Bandwidth Part, bandwidth part) (PerBWP Configured).
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of a field (Field) in a DCI format.
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "dmrs-TypeA-Position" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of a field (Field) "sCellConfigCommon" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of a Field (Field) "spCellConfigCommon" in one RRC layer signaling.
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "ServingCellConfigCommon" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the fourth information block includes all or part of fields (Fields) in an IE (Information Element, information element) "ServingCellConfigCommonSIB" in RRC layer signaling.
  • Fields Information Element, information element
  • the fourth information block is before the first information block.
  • the fourth information block is after the first information block.
  • the fourth information block and the first information block are transmitted through the same physical channel.
  • the fourth information block and the first information block belong to two different domains in one IE.
  • the fourth information block and the first information block belong to two different IEs.
  • the fourth information block is before the second information block.
  • the fourth information block is after the second information block.
  • the fourth information block and the second information block are transmitted through the same physical channel.
  • the fourth information block and the second information block belong to two different domains in one IE.
  • the fourth information block and the second information block belong to two different IEs.
  • the fourth information block is before the third information block.
  • the fourth information block is after the third information block.
  • the expression "the fourth information block is used to determine the set of target quantities" in the claims includes the following meaning: the fourth information block is used by the first node device in this application to determine the A set of target quantities.
  • the expression "the fourth information block is used to determine the set of target quantities” in the claims includes the following meaning: the fourth information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the target quantity gather.
  • the expression "the fourth information block is used to determine the set of target quantities” in the claims includes the following meaning: the fourth information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the target quantity The maximum quantity value included in the set, and the target quantity set is composed of positive integers not greater than the maximum quantity value.
  • the expression "the fourth information block is used to determine the target number set” in the claims includes the following meaning: the fourth information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the time domain of the DMRS A start position, the time domain start position of the DMRS is used to determine the set of target numbers.
  • the expression "the fourth information block is used to determine the target number set" in the claims includes the following meaning: the fourth information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the time domain of the DMRS Starting position, the time-domain starting position of the DMRS indicated by the fourth information block is used to determine the maximum number value included in the target number set, and the target number set is not greater than the maximum number
  • the value consists of positive integers.
  • the expression "the fourth information block is used to determine the target number set" in the claims includes the following meaning: the fourth information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the time domain of the DMRS The starting position, the time-domain starting position of the DMRS indicated by the fourth information block is used to determine whether at least one quantity value belongs to the target quantity set.
  • Embodiment 6 illustrates a schematic diagram of a first-type reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the horizontal axis represents time
  • the vertical axis represents frequency
  • each small square represents an RE
  • each filled small square represents an RE occupied by the first type of reference signal
  • different filled small squares Different antenna ports representing reference signals of the first type.
  • the first information block in this application includes a first sub-information block and a second sub-information block
  • the first sub-information block is used to determine the first type of reference in this application
  • the first sub-information block and the second sub-information block are two different fields in the same IE.
  • the first sub-information block and the second sub-information block are two different IEs.
  • the first sub-information block and the second sub-information block are two different fields included in the first information block.
  • the expression "the first sub-information block is used to determine the number of antenna ports of the first-type reference signal” in the claims includes the following meaning: the first sub-information block is used in this application
  • the first node device is used to determine the number of antenna ports for the first type of reference signal.
  • the expression "the first sub-information block is used to determine the number of antenna ports of the first-type reference signal" in the claims includes the following meanings: the first sub-information block is explicitly or implicitly indicating the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal.
  • the expression "the first sub-information block is used to determine the number of antenna ports of the first-type reference signal” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first sub-information block is explicitly or Implicitly indicates the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal during rate matching or puncturing.
  • the expression "the second sub-information block is used to determine the frequency-domain position of the REs included in the first RE set" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second sub-information block is used by this
  • the first node device in the application is configured to determine the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first RE set.
  • the expression "the second sub-information block is used to determine the frequency-domain position of the REs included in the first RE set" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second sub-information block explicitly indicating, either implicitly or implicitly, the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs.
  • the expression "the second sub-information block is used to determine the frequency-domain position of the REs included in the first RE set" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second sub-information block explicitly Indicating, either implicitly or implicitly, the frequency domain position of each RE included in the first RE set in the RB to which it belongs.
  • the expression "the second sub-information block is used to determine the frequency-domain position of the REs included in the first RE set" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second sub-information block explicitly Indicating, either implicitly or implicitly, the v offset of the first type of reference signal, the v offset of the first type of reference signal is used to determine the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs.
  • the expression "the second sub-information block is used to determine the frequency-domain position of the REs included in the first RE set” in the claims includes the following meaning: the second sub-information block explicitly Indicating, either implicitly or implicitly, the frequency domain position of the carrier to which the first set of REs belongs in the frequency domain.
  • the expression "the second sub-information block is used to determine the frequency-domain position of the REs included in the first RE set" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second sub-information block explicitly indicating, either implicitly or implicitly, the carrier bandwidth of the carrier to which the first set of REs belongs in the frequency domain, and the carrier bandwidth of the carrier to which the first set of REs belongs in the frequency domain is used to determine the The frequency domain location of the RE.
  • the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to one of 1, 2 or 4.
  • the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to four.
  • the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to one of 2 or 4.
  • the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is a positive integer.
  • the frequency domain position of the REs included in the first RE set is the frequency domain position of each RE included in the first RE set in the RB to which the frequency domain belongs.
  • the frequency domain position of the REs included in the first RE set is a center frequency of a carrier to which the first RE set belongs in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first RE set are the voffset values of the first type of reference signal.
  • the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first RE set are distributions of the REs included in the first RE set in the frequency domain.
  • the expression “at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the "Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship” includes the following meanings: the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first RE set At least one of them is used by the first node device in this application to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" means: the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is used to determine the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship. The feature relationships are determined.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the feature relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" means: the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs are used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship Determine the feature relationship between.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" refers to: both the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal and the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs Both are used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship” refers to: whether the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to 4 is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship. The feature relationship is determined between the relationships.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship” means: whether the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to one of 2 or 4 is used from the first relationship Or the feature relationship is determined among the second relationships.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" means: when the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to 4, the characteristic relationship is the first relationship; otherwise , the feature relation is the second relation.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" means: when the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to 2 or 4, the characteristic relationship is the first relationship ; otherwise, the feature relation is the second relation.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" means: when the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to 4, the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or the one of the second relationships; otherwise, the feature relationship is the second relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship” refers to: when the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to 4, network signaling or the capability of the first node device At least one of the reports is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship; otherwise, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" means: when the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to 2 or 4, the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or one of the second relationships; otherwise, the feature relationship is the second relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship” means: when the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal is equal to 2 or 4, network signaling or the first node device At least one of the capability reports of is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship; otherwise, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" means: when there is at least one overlapping RE between the first set of REs and the REs occupied by the second type of reference signal, the The characteristic relationship is the first relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" refers to: both the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs At least one of is used to determine that the feature relationship is one of the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" refers to: whether at least one overlapping RE is used between the first set of REs and the REs occupied by the second type of reference signal It is determined whether the feature relationship is the first relationship.
  • the expression "at least one of the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal or the frequency domain positions of the REs included in the first set of REs is used to extract the Determining the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship" means: when there is at least one overlapping RE between the first set of REs and the REs occupied by the second type of reference signal, the network At least one of signaling or a capability report of the first node device is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • Embodiment 7 illustrates a schematic diagram of the precoding granularity of the first control resource set according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the horizontal axis represents time
  • the vertical axis represents frequency
  • each filled rectangular box represents the RB occupied by a first control resource set in the frequency domain, and the rectangles with the same filled have the same precoding
  • the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is all consecutive RBs
  • the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is REG binding.
  • the second information block in this application is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set in this application, and the characteristic resource subset included in this application
  • the number of time-frequency units is related to the precoding granularity of the first set of control resources.
  • the precoding granularity (granularity) of the first control resource set is one of all contiguous RBs (all Contiguous RBs) or REG binding.
  • the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is the maximum number of REGs that the first node device can assume to use the same precoding.
  • the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is the maximum number of RBs that the first node device can assume to use the same precoding.
  • the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is the time-frequency resource that the first node device can assume that any two included REGs use the same precoding.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used by the The first node device is configured to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: the second information block includes one or more A field is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the precoding granularity of the first set of control resources.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is one of all consecutive RB or REG bundles, and the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first set of control resources from all consecutive RB or REG bundles Precoding granularity.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is one of all consecutive RB or REG bindings, and a field included in the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first A precoding granularity of a control resource set, and one or more fields included in the second information block are used to explicitly or implicitly indicate that the precoding granularity of the first control resource set includes The number of regs.
  • the expression "the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is related to the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: the first control resource The aggregate precoding granularity is used to determine the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset.
  • the expression "the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is related to the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: the characteristic resource subset The number of time-frequency units included is equal to the number of REGs included in the precoding granularity of the first control resource set.
  • the expression "the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is related to the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: the characteristic resource subset The number of time-frequency units included is linearly related to the number of REGs included in the precoding granularity of the first control resource set.
  • the expression "the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is related to the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: the characteristic resource subset The number of time-frequency units included is equal to the number of REG bundles included in the precoding granularity of the first control resource set.
  • the expression "the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is related to the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: the characteristic resource subset It is a precoding granularity of the precoding granularity of the first control resource set.
  • the expression "the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is related to the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first control resource set When the precoding granularity of the resource set is all consecutive RBs, the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is equal to the number of time domain symbols occupied by the first control resource set in the time domain and the The product of the number of RBs included in an RB subset that occupies continuous RBs in the frequency domain included in the first control resource set; when the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is REG bundling, the The number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is equal to the number of REGs included in one REG bundle.
  • the expression "the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is related to the precoding granularity of the first control resource set" in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first control resource set When the precoding granularity of the resource set is all consecutive RBs, the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is equal to the number of REGs included in the first control subset, and the first control subset includes Any one of the REs belonging to the first control resource set, the first control subset and the first control resource set occupy the same time domain symbol in the time domain, and the first control subset occupies consecutive RBs; when the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is REG bundling, the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset is equal to the number of REGs included in one REG bundling.
  • the first node device determines to adopt the same precoding in the characteristic resource subsets.
  • the first node device assumes that the same precoding is adopted in the characteristic resource subsets.
  • the first node device assumes that any two time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset adopt the same precoding.
  • the first node device assumes that all time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset adopt the same precoding.
  • the first node device cannot assume that any time-frequency unit included in the characteristic resource subset and a time-frequency unit outside the characteristic resource subset adopt the same precoding.
  • Embodiment 8 illustrates a schematic diagram of determining a feature relationship according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 8 starting from 801, it is judged in 802 whether there is an option to monitor the control channel of the RE that overlaps with other signals, and in 803 it is judged that the control channel of the RE that overlaps with other signals Whether the alternative transmission is enabled, in 804 the feature relationship is the second relationship, in 805 it is judged whether the index of the first control resource set is equal to 0, in 806 the feature relationship is the first relationship.
  • the third information block in this application is used to indicate the capability of the first node device in this application, the capability of the first node device or the first At least one of the indexes of the control resource set is used to determine the feature relationship in this application from between the first relationship in this application or the second relationship in this application.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to: all or part of the capabilities in the feature set (Feature Set) of the first node device.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to: all or part of the capabilities in the downlink feature set (Feature Set) of the first node device.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to: all or part of the capabilities in a feature set per carrier (Feature Set per component carrier) of the first node device.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to all or part of the capabilities specific to the frequency band of the first node device.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to: all or part of the capabilities specific to the frequency band list of the first node device.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to: all or part of the capabilities of the first node device related to PDCCH monitoring.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to: all or part of the capability of the first node device related to monitoring the PDCCH punctured by the CRS.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to: all or part of the capability of the first node device related to monitoring the PDCCH punctured by the first type of reference signal.
  • the capability of the first node device refers to: whether the first node device supports the capability of at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the index of the first control resource set is a non-negative integer.
  • the index of the first control resource set is a positive integer.
  • the index of the first control resource set and the identifier (ID) of the first control resource set are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the index of the first control resource set.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the index of the first control resource set.
  • the third information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the index of the first control resource set.
  • the signaling outside the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the index of the first control resource set.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is determined by the first node device or the index of the first control resource set in this application
  • the second node device in the present application is configured to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second "Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: both the capability of the first node device and the index of the first control resource set are used to determine the characteristic relationship between the first relationship or the second relationship. Determine the feature relationship between.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second "Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meaning: the capability of the first node device is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second "Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meaning: the index of the first control resource set is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: whether at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is equal to 0 is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship Or the feature relationship is determined among the second relationships.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: whether the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is equal to the index of the control resource set associated with the search space set whose index is equal to 0 At least one of the two is used to determine the feature relationship from between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: whether the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is equal to the index of the control resource set associated with the common search space set At least one is used to determine the feature relationship from between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the characteristic relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: when the capability of the first node device does not support PDCCH being punctured by CRS, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship; when the capability of the first node device When the capability support PDCCH is punctured by the CRS, the feature relationship is the first relationship.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: when the capability of the first node device only supports PDCCH version 17 (Release) and earlier, the feature relationship is the second relationship; When the capability of a node device supports the PDCCH version 18, the feature relationship is the first relationship.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: when the capability of the first node device only supports PDCCH versions 17 and earlier, the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device When the capability of the first node device supports version 18 of the PDCCH and high-level parameters or signaling are enabled (enable) or the PDCCH of version 18 is configured, the feature relationship is the first relationship; when the capability of the first node device supports version 18 When the PDCCH is disabled (disabled) by a higher layer parameter or signaling, the PDCCH of version 18, the feature relationship is the second relationship.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: when the first node device does not support the first capability, the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device supports the first capability When capability is specified, the feature relationship is the first relationship.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: when the first node device does not support the first capability, the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device supports the first capability When the capability is enabled and the high-layer parameter or signaling indicates that it is enabled (enable), the feature relationship is the first relationship; when the first node device supports the first capability but the high-level parameter or signaling indicates that it is disabled (disable) , the feature relation is the second relation.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: when the first node device does not provide the first parameter or provides the first parameter but the first parameter indicates that the first capability is not supported, the feature The relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device provides the first parameter and the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported, the characteristic relationship is the first relationship.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: when the first node device does not provide the first parameter or provides the first parameter but the first parameter indicates that the first capability is not supported, the feature The relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device provides the first parameter and the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported and the high layer parameter or signaling indicates enable (enable), the The feature relationship is the first relationship; when the first node device provides the first parameter and the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported but the high-layer parameter or signaling indicates that it is disabled, the The characteristic relationship is the second relationship; the first parameter is a parameter included in the capability report of the first node device.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: when the index of the first control resource set is equal to 0, the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the index of the first control resource set is greater than 0 , the feature relationship is the first relationship.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: when the index of the first control resource set is equal to the index of the control resource set associated with the search space set whose index is equal to 0, the feature relationship is the first second relation; otherwise, the feature relation is the first relation.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: when the index of the first control resource set is equal to the index of the control resource set associated with the predefined type of common search space set, the feature relationship is the the second relationship; otherwise, the characteristic relationship is the first relationship.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: only when the first node device provides the first parameter and the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported and the first control resource set When the index is not equal to 0, the feature relationship is the first relationship; in other cases, the feature relationship is the second relationship; the first parameter is one of the parameter.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: only when the first node device provides the first parameter and the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported and the high-level parameter or signaling indicates that the ( enable) and the index of the first control resource set is not equal to 0, the feature relationship is the first relationship; in other cases, the feature relationship is the second relationship; the first parameter is the A parameter included in the capability report of the first node device.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: only when the first node device provides the first parameter and the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported and the first control resource set When the index is not equal to the index of the control resource set associated with the predefined type of public search space set, the feature relationship is the first relationship; in other cases, the feature relationship is the second relationship; the second A parameter is a parameter included in the capability report of the first node device.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • the expression in the claims “at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships” includes the following meanings: when the index of the first control resource set is equal to 0, the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device does not provide the first parameter Or when the first parameter is provided but the first parameter indicates that the first capability is not supported, the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device provides the first parameter and the When the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported and the index of the first control resource set is not equal to 0, the feature relationship is the first relationship; the first parameter is the capability of the first node device A parameter to include in the report.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • the expression in the claims "at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to derive from the first relationship or the second Determining the feature relationship between relationships" includes the following meanings: when the index of the first control resource set is equal to 0, the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device does not provide the first parameter Or when the first parameter is provided but the first parameter indicates that the first capability is not supported, the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device provides the first parameter and the When the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported but the high layer parameter or signaling indicates that it is disabled (disable), the feature relationship is the second relationship; when the first node device provides the first parameter and the When the first parameter indicates that the first capability is supported and a high layer parameter or signaling indicates enable (enable) and the index of the first control resource set is not equal to 0, the feature relationship is the first relationship; the The first parameter is a parameter included in the capability report of the first node device.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting CRS punctured PDCCH.
  • the first capability is a capability of supporting at least one overlapping RE between the CORESET and the first type of reference signal.
  • the first capability is the capability of supporting the PDCCH of version 18.
  • Embodiment 9 illustrates a schematic diagram of the first threshold according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the horizontal axis represents time
  • the vertical axis represents frequency.
  • Each filled rectangular box represents an RB occupied by a first control resource set in the frequency domain, and rectangles with the same filled form a discontinuous RB subset.
  • X represents the number of discontinuous RB subsets in the first control resource set.
  • the precoding granularity of the first control resource set in this application is all consecutive RBs, and the number of discontinuous RB subsets included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain is not greater than the first threshold, the first threshold is a positive integer greater than 1; the first threshold is fixed, or the relationship between the first threshold and the feature in this application is the first The relationship is also related to said second relationship in this application.
  • the first node device in this application assumes that any two REGs belonging to the same RB subset including continuous RBs in the frequency domain adopt the same precoding.
  • the first node device in this application assumes that all REGs belonging to any RB subset including consecutive RBs in the frequency domain adopt the same precoding.
  • the number of discontinuous RB subsets included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain is equal to 1.
  • any discontinuous RB subset included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain includes continuous RBs in the frequency domain.
  • any discontinuous RB subset included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain includes at least one RB.
  • any two discontinuous RB subsets included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain include frequency-domain discrete RBs.
  • any discontinuous RB subset included in the frequency domain by the first control resource set includes continuous RBs in the frequency domain; when the discontinuous RB subsets included in the frequency domain by the first control resource set When the number of RB subsets is greater than 1, there is an RB other than the RBs included in the frequency domain of the first control resource set that is in two discontinuous RBs included in the frequency domain of the first control resource set Between the RB subsets.
  • any two discontinuous RB subsets included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain There is one RB other than the RBs occupied by the first control resource set in the frequency domain among the RB subsets.
  • a bitmap indicated by the second information block is used to indicate RBs included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain.
  • the first threshold is fixed to be 4.
  • the first threshold is greater than 4.
  • the capability report of the first node device is used to indicate whether the first threshold may be greater than 4.
  • the capability report of the first node device is used to indicate whether the first node device supports the first threshold greater than 4.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meaning: whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship The second relationship is used to determine the first threshold.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meaning: whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship The second relationship is used to determine whether the first threshold is greater than four.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meaning: whether the first threshold is greater than 4 is used for The characteristic relationship is determined from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship" in the claims means: when the feature relationship is the first relationship , the first threshold is greater than 4; when the characteristic relationship is the second relationship, the first threshold is equal to 4.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship" in the claims means: when the feature relationship is the first relationship , the first threshold is equal to 4; when the characteristic relationship is the second relationship, the first threshold is greater than 4.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims means: when the first threshold is greater than 4, the The feature relationship is the first relationship; when the first threshold is equal to 4, the feature relationship is the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the characteristic relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship" in the claims means: when the first threshold is equal to 4, the The feature relationship is the first relationship; when the first threshold is greater than 4, the feature relationship is the second relationship.
  • the expression "the relationship between the first threshold and the feature is related to the first relationship or the second relationship" in the claim means: the relationship between the first threshold and the feature is the Whether the first relationship or the second relationship is related to the same parameter.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship" in the claims means that the same capability parameter is used to determine the first Whether the relationship between the threshold and the feature is the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first threshold is related to whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship" in the claims means that the same capability parameter is used to determine the first Whether the threshold is greater than 4 depends on whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • Embodiment 10 illustrates a schematic diagram of a relationship between a first-type reference signal and a second-type reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • TRP#1 and TRP#2 respectively represent two transmitting and receiving nodes or two different antenna port groups; in case A, the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference The signals are not quasi-co-located; in case B, reference signals of the first type and reference signals of the second type are quasi-co-located.
  • the first information block in this application is used to determine whether quasi-co-location exists between the first type of reference signal in this application and the second type of reference signal in this application, Or at least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the expression in the claim "The first information block is used to determine whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first type of reference signal At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the signal and the second type of reference signal” includes the following meanings: the first information block is used by the first node device in this application Determine whether quasi-co-location (QCL, Quasi-CoLocation) between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal or quasi-co-location between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal at least one of the type of address relationship.
  • QCL quasi-co-location
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first type of reference signal At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the At least one of whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located or the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal one.
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first type of reference signal At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the Whether there is quasi-co-location between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal and the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first type of reference signal At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the Whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-colocated.
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first type of reference signal At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the A type of a quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first type of reference signal At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the Whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located and indicating the first type of reference signal when the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located and the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the reference signal of the second type.
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal are quasi-co-located, or the first type of reference signal At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the Whether the first node device can assume (assume) whether the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal are quasi-co-location (QCL, Quasi-CoLocation) or whether the first node device assumes (assume) At least one of the types of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal are quasi-co-located
  • the method is to determine whether quasi-co-location exists between the at least one antenna port of the first type of reference signal and the at least one antenna port of the second type of reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal are quasi-co-located” includes the following meanings: the first information block is used To explicitly or implicitly indicate whether the first node device can assume (assume) quasi-coherence between at least one antenna port of the first type of reference signal and at least one antenna port of the second type of reference signal site.
  • the third type of reference signal is a CSI-RS.
  • the third type of reference signal is a non-zero power (NZP, non-zero power) CSI-RS.
  • the third type of reference signal is SSB.
  • the first information block is also used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the bandwidth to which the third type of reference signal quasi-co-located by the first type of reference signal belongs The ID of the part (BWP).
  • the first information block is also used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the service to which the third type of reference signal that is quasi-co-located by the first type of reference signal belongs The ID of the cell.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the ID or index of the third type of reference signal that the first type of reference signal is quasi-co-located with .
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the antenna port number of the third type of reference signal that is quasi-co-located with the first type of reference signal .
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate whether there is a specific type of quasi-co-location between the first type of reference signal and the third type of reference signal relationship; as a subsidiary embodiment of the above embodiment, the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate whether there is a quasi-type D between the first type of reference signal and the third type of reference signal co-location relationship.
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal is type A (typeA), type B (typeB), type C (typeC) or type D One of (typeD).
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal is one of type A (typeA), type B (typeB) or type C (typeC) .
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal is one of type A (typeA) or type D (typeD).
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal is one of type 1 (type1) or type 2 (type2).
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal is one of a QCL type including small-scale fading or a QCL type including only large-scale fading.
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal is one of a QCL type that includes a spatial reception parameter or a QCL type that does not include a spatial reception parameter.
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal is one of the QCL types including delay spread (delay spread) or not including delay spread .
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal includes: at least one antenna port of the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal A type of quasi-co-location relationship between at least one antenna port of the signal.
  • the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal includes: the first type of RE that occupies at least one RE included in the first set of REs A type of a quasi-co-location relationship between an antenna port of a reference signal and an antenna port of the second type of reference signal occupying at least one RE included in the first set of control resources.
  • the first information block is used to determine the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal includes the following meanings: the first information block is used Used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the type of the quasi-co-location relationship assumed by the first node device between the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal.
  • the first information block is used to determine the type of the quasi-co-location relationship between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal includes the following meanings: the first information block
  • the included two fields are used to respectively indicate the ID or index of the first type of reference signal and the ID or index of the second type of reference signal and the type of the quasi-co-location relationship.
  • the third type of reference signal is a CSI-RS.
  • the third type of reference signal is a non-zero power (NZP, non-zero power) CSI-RS.
  • the third type of reference signal is SSB.
  • the first information block is also used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the bandwidth to which the third type of reference signal quasi-co-located by the first type of reference signal belongs The ID of the part (BWP).
  • the first information block is also used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the service to which the third type of reference signal that is quasi-co-located by the first type of reference signal belongs The ID of the cell.
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the ID or index of the third type of reference signal that the first type of reference signal is quasi-co-located with .
  • the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the antenna port number of the third type of reference signal that is quasi-co-located with the first type of reference signal .
  • Embodiment 11 illustrates a schematic diagram of the first quantity value according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the horizontal axis represents time
  • the vertical axis represents frequency
  • each small rectangular grid represents an RE
  • each filled rectangular grid represents an RE in the first set of REs.
  • the rectangular grid represents the REs included in the first set of control resources.
  • the first quantity is equal to the number of time-domain symbols occupied by the first set of control resources in the application in the time domain, and the number of symbols in the time domain occupied by the feature resource subset in the application The number of time-domain symbols is equal to the first quantity value;
  • the fourth information block in this application is used to determine a target quantity set, and the target quantity set includes multiple quantity values, and the second information block in this application The information block is used to determine the first quantity value from the set of target quantities; the first quantity value is used from the first relationship in this application or the second relationship in this application The characteristic relationships in this application are determined.
  • the first control resource set occupies consecutive time domain symbols in the time domain.
  • any time domain symbol occupied by the first control resource set in the time domain is an OFDM symbol.
  • any time domain symbol occupied by the first control resource set in the time domain includes a cyclic prefix (CP, cyclic prefix) part and a data part.
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • any time domain symbol occupied by the feature resource subset in the time domain is an OFDM symbol.
  • any time domain symbol occupied by the feature resource subset in the time domain includes a cyclic prefix (CP, cyclic prefix) part and a data part.
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • the first quantity value is equal to one of 1, 2 or 3.
  • the first number is equal to one of 1 or 2.
  • the first number may be greater than 3.
  • the quantity values included in the target quantity set are equal to 1, 2 and 3 respectively.
  • the quantity values included in the target quantity set are equal to 1 and 2 respectively.
  • any quantity value included in the target quantity set is a positive integer.
  • the number of quantity values included in the target quantity set is equal to one of 2 or 3.
  • any number value included in the target number set is equal to the number of time domain symbols that a possible CORESET lasts (duration) in the time domain.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the first quantity value from the target quantity set” in the claims includes the following meaning: the second information block is used by the The first node device is configured to determine the first quantity value from the target quantity set.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the first quantity value from the target quantity set" in the claims includes the following meanings: a field included in the second information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first quantity value from the set of target quantities.
  • the expression "the second information block is used to determine the first quantity value from the target quantity set” in the claims includes the following meanings: a field included in the second information block It is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the duration (duration) of the first control resource set in the time domain, and the duration of the first control resource set in the time domain is included in the target number set The first numerical value of .
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meaning: the first quantitative value is used
  • the first node device or the second node device in the present application is configured to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship" in the claims includes the following meanings: the first quantitative value is based on A conditional relationship is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: the first quantitative value and A size relationship between predefined thresholds is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When greater than 2, the feature relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, the feature relationship is the first relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When greater than 2, the feature relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, the feature relationship is either the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When it is greater than 2, the feature relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to extract from the first The feature relationship is determined between the relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When greater than 1, the feature relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, the feature relationship is either the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When greater than 1, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, at least one of the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set is used to obtain the The feature relationship is determined between the relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When it is greater than the number of time domain symbols in which the first control resource set and the first RE set overlap in the time domain, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, the characteristic relationship is the first relationship Or one of the two second relationships.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When it is greater than the number of time domain symbols in which the first control resource set and the first RE set overlap in the time domain, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, the capability of the first node device or the At least one of the indexes of the first set of control resources is used to determine the feature relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When it is greater than the number of the largest consecutive symbols included in the first RE set in the time domain, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, the characteristic relationship is both the first relationship or the second relationship one of.
  • the expression "the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship” in the claims includes the following meanings: when the first quantitative value When it is greater than the number of the largest consecutive symbols included in the first RE set in the time domain, the characteristic relationship is the second relationship; otherwise, the capability of the first node device or the index of the first control resource set At least one of the two is used to determine the feature relationship from between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • Embodiment 12 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device in the first node device of an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • a first node device processing apparatus 1200 includes a first transceiver 1201 and a first receiver 1202 .
  • the first transceiver 1201 includes the transmitter/receiver 456 (including the antenna 460) in the accompanying drawing 4 of the application, the receiving processor 452, the transmitting processor 455 and the controller/processor 490;
  • the first receiver 1202 includes the application Transmitter/receiver 456 (including antenna 460 ), receive processor 452 and controller/processor 490 are shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the first transceiver 1201 receives a first information block and receives a second information block, the first information block is used to determine a first set of REs, and the first set of REs includes at least one RE, so Any one of the REs included in the first RE set is used for the first type of reference signal; the first receiver 1202 monitors control channel candidates in the first control resource set, and the first control resource set includes multiple REs, At least one RE included in the first control resource set is used for a second type of reference signal, the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals, and the second type The class reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel; wherein, the second information block is used to determine a characteristic resource subset, and the characteristic resource subset includes a plurality of time-frequency units, and the characteristic resource subset includes Any one of the time-frequency units includes multiple REs, and any RE included in the characteristic resource subset belongs to the first control resource set; the characteristic relationship between the characteristic resource subset and
  • the first information block includes a first sub-information block and a second sub-information block
  • the first sub-information block is used to determine the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal
  • the The second sub-information block is used to determine the frequency domain position of the REs included in the first RE set, the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal, or the frequency domain of the REs included in the first RE set
  • At least one of the positions is used to determine the feature relationship from between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the second information block is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set, the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset and the first control resource set The precoding granularity of the
  • the first transceiver 1201 sends a third information block; wherein, the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device, the capability of the first node device or the first At least one of the indexes of the control resource set is used to determine the feature relationship from between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is all consecutive RBs, and the number of discontinuous RB subsets included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain is not greater than a first threshold,
  • the first threshold is a positive integer greater than 1; the first threshold is fixed, or the first threshold is related to whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the first information block is used to determine whether the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal are quasi-co-located, or whether the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal at least one of the type of quasi-co-location relationship between the class reference signals.
  • the first transceiver 1201 receives the fourth information block; wherein, the first number value is equal to the number of time domain symbols occupied by the first control resource set in the time domain, and the feature resource subset is in the time domain The number of time-domain symbols occupied by the domain is equal to the first quantity value; the fourth information block is used to determine a target quantity set, the target quantity set includes a plurality of quantity values, and the second information block is used The first quantitative value is determined from the set of target quantities; the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • Embodiment 13 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device in the second node device of an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the second node device processing apparatus 1300 includes a second transceiver 1301 and a first transmitter 1302 .
  • the second transceiver 1301 includes the transmitter/receiver 416 (including the antenna 460) in the accompanying drawing 4 of the application, the receiving processor 412, the transmitting processor 415 and the controller/processor 440;
  • the first transmitter 1302 includes the application Transmitter/receiver 416 (including antenna 460 ), transmit processor 415 and controller/processor 440 are shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the second transceiver 1301 sends a first information block and a second information block, the first information block is used to indicate a first set of REs, and the first set of REs includes at least one RE, so Any one of the REs included in the first set of REs is used for the first type of reference signal;
  • the first transmitter 1302 sends control channel candidates in the first set of control resources, the first set of control resources includes multiple REs, At least one RE included in the first control resource set is used for a second type of reference signal, the second type of reference signal and the first type of reference signal are two different types of reference signals, and the second type The class reference signal is used for demodulation of the control channel; wherein, the second information block is used to indicate a characteristic resource subset, the characteristic resource subset includes a plurality of time-frequency units, and the characteristic resource subset includes Any one of the time-frequency units includes multiple REs, and any RE included in the characteristic resource subset belongs to the first control resource set; the characteristic relationship between the characteristic resource subset and
  • the first information block includes a first sub-information block and a second sub-information block
  • the first sub-information block is used to determine the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal
  • the The second sub-information block is used to determine the frequency domain position of the REs included in the first RE set, the number of antenna ports of the first type of reference signal, or the frequency domain of the REs included in the first RE set
  • At least one of the positions is used to determine the feature relationship from between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the second information block is used to determine the precoding granularity of the first control resource set, the number of time-frequency units included in the characteristic resource subset and the first control resource set The precoding granularity of the
  • the second transceiver 1301 receives a third information block; wherein, the third information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device, the capability of the first node device or the first At least one of the indexes of the control resource set is used to determine the feature relationship from between the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the precoding granularity of the first control resource set is all consecutive RBs, and the number of discontinuous RB subsets included in the first control resource set in the frequency domain is not greater than a first threshold,
  • the first threshold is a positive integer greater than 1; the first threshold is fixed, or the first threshold is related to whether the feature relationship is the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the first information block is used to indicate whether the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal are quasi-co-located, or whether the first-type reference signal and the second-type reference signal at least one of the type of quasi-co-location relationship between the class reference signals.
  • the second transceiver 1301 sends the fourth information block; wherein, the first number value is equal to the number of time domain symbols occupied by the first control resource set in the time domain, and the feature resource subset is in the time domain The number of time-domain symbols occupied by the domain is equal to the first quantity value; the fourth information block is used to indicate a target quantity set, the target quantity set includes a plurality of quantity values, and the second information block is used The first quantitative value is determined from the set of target quantities; the first quantitative value is used to determine the characteristic relationship from the first relationship or the second relationship.
  • the first node device or second node device or UE or terminal in this application includes but is not limited to mobile phones, tablet computers, notebooks, network cards, low-power devices, eMTC devices, NB-IoT devices, vehicle communication devices, aircraft, Wireless communication equipment such as airplanes, drones, and remote-controlled airplanes.
  • the base station equipment or base station or network side equipment in this application includes but not limited to macrocell base station, microcell base station, home base station, relay base station, eNB, gNB, transmission and receiving node TRP, relay satellite, satellite base station, aerial base station, etc. wireless communication equipment.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置。节点接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合被用于第一类参考信号；在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合中包括RE被用于第二类参考信号；所述第二信息块确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE。本申请提高性能，降低复杂性。

Description

一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置 技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信***中的传输方法和装置，尤其涉及无线通信中的控制信道的传输方案和装置。
背景技术
未来无线通信***的应用场景越来越多元化，不同的应用场景对***提出了不同的性能要求。为了满足多种应用场景的不同的性能需求，在3GPP(3rd Generation Partner Project，第三代合作伙伴项目)RAN(Radio Access Network，无线接入网)#72次全会上决定对新空口技术(NR，New Radio)(或5G)进行研究,在3GPP RAN #75次全会上通过了新空口技术(NR，New Radio)的WI(Work Item，工作项目)，开始对NR进行标准化工作。
新空口技术和其它的空口技术(比如LTE)之间的共存和平滑演进对于频谱的共享利用和商业部署具有非常重要的价值，因此3GPP在新空口技术的演进过程中一直致力于够保证新空口技术和其它的空口技术之间的有效共存与平滑过渡。
发明内容
在NR***中，控制信道的容量常常成为整个***的容量的瓶颈。针对在NR中的控制信道的传输问题，本申请公开了一种解决方案。需要说明的是，在本申请的描述中，只是以新空口技术和其它的空口技术共存或者频谱共享作为一个典型应用场景或者例子；本申请也同样适用于面临相似问题的其它场景(比如对控制信道的鲁棒性或者容量有更高要求的场景，或者采用同一个空口技术的控制信道和其它信道或信号之间存在碰撞的场景，包括但不限于容量增强***、IoT(Internet of Things，物联网)、URLLC(Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communication，超鲁棒低时延通信)网络、车联网等)，也可以取得类似的技术效果。此外，不同场景(包括但不限于频谱共享的场景)采用统一解决方案还有助于降低硬件复杂度和成本。在不冲突的情况下，本申请的第一节点设备中的实施例和实施例中的特征可以应用到第二节点设备中，反之亦然。特别的，对本申请中的术语(Terminology)、名词、函数、变量的解释(如果未加特别说明)可以参考3GPP的规范协议TS36系列、TS38系列、TS37系列中的定义。
本申请公开了一种用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法，其特征在于，包括：
接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；
在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；
其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，通过特征资源子集和第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系并且特征关系只能是第一关系或者第二关系中之一，在提高控制信道容量的同时降低了复杂性。
作为一个实施例，第一关系包括特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE在降低复杂性同时保证信道估计性能。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信息块包括第一子信息块和第二子信息块，所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量，所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述 第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，根据第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一确定特征关系，避免了过度保守设计，最优化***性能。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，包括：
发送第三信息块；
其中，所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，根据第一节点设备的能力或者第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一确定特征关系，提供了产品设计的灵活度同时保证了最重要控制信道的性能。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量不大于第一阈值，所述第一阈值是大于1的正整数；所述第一阈值是固定的，或者所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关。
作为一个实施例，第一阈值的设计提供了性能和复杂性之间的灵活的优化方案。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，第一类参考信号和第二类参考信号之间的准共址可以提高控制信道的接收性能。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，包括：
接收第四信息块；
其中，第一数量值等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值；所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
本申请公开了一种用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法，其特征在于，包括：
发送第一信息块和发送第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于指示第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；
在第一控制资源集合中发送控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；
其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信息块包括第一子信息块和第二子信息块，所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量，所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，包括：
接收第三信息块；
其中，所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量不大于第一阈值，所述第一阈值是大于1的正整数；所述第一阈值是固定的，或者所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信息块被用于指示所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，包括：
发送第四信息块；
其中，第一数量值等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；所述第四信息块被用于指示目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值；所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
本申请公开了一种用于无线通信的第一节点设备，其特征在于，包括：
第一收发机，接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；
第一接收机，在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；
其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
本申请公开了一种用于无线通信的第二节点设备，其特征在于，包括：
第二收发机，发送第一信息块和发送第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于指示第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；
第一发射机，在第一控制资源集合中发送控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；
其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
附图说明
通过阅读参照以下附图中的对非限制性实施例所作的详细描述，本申请的其它特征、目的和优点将会 变得更加明显：
图1示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信息块、第二信息块和监测控制信道备选的流程图；
图2示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的网络架构的示意图；
图3示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的示意图；
图4示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一节点设备和第二节点设备的示意图；
图5示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的无线信号传输流程图；
图6示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一类参考信号的示意图；
图7示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度的示意图；
图8示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的特征关系的确定的示意图；
图9示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一阈值的示意图；
图10示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一类参考信号和第二类参考信号之间关系的示意图；
图11示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一数量值的示意图；
图12示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图；
图13示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图。
具体实施方式
下文将结合附图对本申请的技术方案作进一步详细说明，需要说明的是，在不冲突的情况下，本申请的实施例和实施例中的特征可以任意相互组合。
实施例1
实施例1示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信息块、第二信息块和监测控制信道备选的流程图100，如附图1所示。在附图1中，每个方框代表一个步骤，特别需要强调的是图中的各个方框的顺序并不限制所表示的步骤之间在时间上的先后关系。
在实施例1中，本申请中的第一节点设备在步骤101中接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；本申请中的第一节点设备在步骤102中在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块通过空中接口或无线接口传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括了一个高层信令或一个物理层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括了一个RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)层信令或一个MAC(Medium Access Control，媒体接入控制)层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括了一个***信息块(SIB，System Information Block)中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块是小区特定的(Cell Specific)或者是用户设备特定的(UE-specific)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块是每BWP(Bandwidth Part，带宽部分)配置的(Per BWP Configured)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个DCI(Downlink Control Information)格式的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“lte-CRS-ToMatchAround”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“lte-CRS-PatternList1-r16” 中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“lte-CRS-PatternList2-r16”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“RateMatchPatternLTE-CRS”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“CSI-ResourceConfig”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“CSI-SSB-ResourceSet”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“CSI-IM-Resource”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“SSB-Index”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“ssb-periodicityServingCell”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“LTE-CRS-PatternList-r16”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“ServingCellConfig”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“ServingCellConfigCommon”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括多于1个子信息块，所述第一信息块所包括的每个子信息块是所述第一信息块所属的RRC层信令中的一个IE(Information Element，信息单元)或者一个域(Field)；所述第一信息块所包括的一个或多个子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块所包括的一个或多个子信息块被用于确定一个RE子集列表(List)，所述RE子集列表中包括多个RE子集，所述RE子集列表中的RE子集组成所述第一RE集合。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述第一RE集合。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式指示所述第一RE集合。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式指示所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的数量和分布。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式指示所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量和所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式指示所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式指示所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式指示所述第一RE集合所包括的RE所对应的v偏移(v-shift)。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式指示所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量、所述第一RE集合所包括的RE所对应的v偏移(v-shift)、所述第一RE集合在频域所属的LTE载波的带宽、所述第一RE集合在频域所属的LTE载波的下行中心频率、所述第一RE集合在时域所属的子帧这五者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块通过空中接口或无线接口传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括了一个高层信令或一个物理层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括了一个RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)层信令或一个MAC(Medium Access Control，媒体接入控制)层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括了一个***信息块(SIB，System Information Block)中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块是小区特定的(Cell Specific)或者是用户设备特定的(UE-specific)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块是每BWP(Bandwidth Part，带宽部分)配置的(PerBWP Configured)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个DCI(Downlink Control Information)格式的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“controlResourceSetToAddModList”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“controlResourceSetToReleaseList”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“searchSpacesToAddModList”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“searchSpacesToReleaseList”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“pdcch-ConfigSIB1”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“BWP-DownlinkCommon”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“pdcch-ConfigCommon”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“BWP-DownlinkDedicated”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“pdcch-Config”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“ControlResourceSet”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE“SearchSpace”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括IE“ControlResourceSet”中的域“frequencyDomainResources”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括IE“ControlResourceSet”中的域“duration”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括IE“ControlResourceSet”中的域“reg-BundleSize”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括IE“ControlResourceSet”中的域“precoderGranularity”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块在所述第二信息块之前。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块在所述第二信息块之后。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块和所述第二信息块通过同一个物理信道传输的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块和所述第二信息块属于通过一个IE中的两个不同的域。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块和所述第二信息块属于两个不同的IE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE(Resource Element，资源元素)在频域所占用的子载波的子载波间隔(SCS，subcarrier spacing)等于15kHz。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE(Resource Element，资源元素)在频域所 占用的子载波的子载波间隔等于7.5kHz。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE在频域所占用的子载波的子载波间隔等于15kHz之外的子载波间隔。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的所有的RE在时域属于同一个时隙。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的所有的RE在时域属于同一个子帧。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的所有的RE在时域属于同一个5GNR的时隙。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的RE在时域是周期分布的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合包括了所有被用于所述第一类参考信号的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合包括了部分被用于所述第一类参考信号的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合仅包括被用于属于同一个服务小区或者同一个TRP(Transmit Receive Point，发送接收节点)的所述第一类参考信号的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合包括被用于属于不同服务小区或者不同TRP(Transmit Receive Point，发送接收节点)的所述第一类参考信号的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是CRS(Common Reference Signal，公共参考信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是TRS(Tracking Reference Signal，跟踪参考信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是PTRS(Phase-Tracking Reference Signal，相位跟踪参考信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是PRS(Positioning Reference Signal，定位跟踪参考信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是RIM-RS(Remote Interference Measurement，远端干扰测量参考信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是PSS(Primary Synchronization Signal，主同步信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是SSS(Secondary Synchronization Signal，辅同步信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是SS/PBCH块(Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel Block，同步广播块)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是CSI-RS(channel status information reference signal，信道状态信息参考信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是LTE(Long Term Evolution，长时演进)中的参考信号。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号是LTE中的CSI-RS。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的所述第一节点设备假定(assume)所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于所述第一类参考信号。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号资源映射到所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号占用所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE真实被用于所述第一类参考信号。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合包括一个RE实际没有被用于所述第一类参考信号，但是本申请中的所述第一节点设备假定所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于所述第一类参考信号。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合是一个CORESET(Control Resource Set，控制资源集合)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合是一个索引或者标识等于0的CORESET。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合是一个索引或者标识非0的CORESET。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合所包括的任何一个RE在频域所占用的子载波的子载波间隔(SCS，subcarrier spacing)等于15kHz。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所属的带宽部分(BWP，bandwidth part)所包括的子载波的子载波间隔(SCS，subcarrier spacing)等于15kHz。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合所包括的任何一个RE在频域所占用的子载波的子载波间隔(SCS，subcarrier spacing)大于15kHz。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合是在一个MO(Monitoring Occasion，监测机会)中的一个CORESET。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合是被关联到至少一个搜索空间集合(Search Space Set)的一 个CORESET。
作为一个实施例，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的任意一个控制信道备选是PDCCH备选(Candidate)。
作为一个实施例，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的任意一个控制信道备选是监测的(Monitored)PDCCH备选(Candidate)。
作为一个实施例，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的任意一个控制信道备选是属于和所述第一控制资源集合相关联(associated)的搜索空间集合的PDCCH备选。
作为一个实施例，监测(Monitoring)控制信道备选是对控制信道备选的译码(Decoding)。
作为一个实施例，监测(Monitoring)控制信道备选是对控制信道备选的盲译码(Blind Decoding)。
作为一个实施例，监测(Monitoring)控制信道备选是对控制信道备选的译码和CRC校验。
作为一个实施例，监测(Monitoring)控制信道备选是对控制信道备选的译码(decoding)和RNTI(Radio Network Temporary Identity，无线网络临时标识)加扰的CRC校验的。
作为一个实施例，监测(Monitoring)控制信道备选是基于所监测的DCI一个或多个格式(Format(s))对控制信道备选的译码(Decoding)。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选”包括以下含义：监测属于所述第一控制资源集合的控制信道备选。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选”包括以下含义：监测属于所述第一控制资源集合所关联的搜索空间集合的控制信道备选。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选”包括以下含义：监测所占用的时频资源属于所述第一控制资源集合的控制信道备选。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选”包括以下含义：在所述第一控制资源集合中监测至少一个控制信道备选。
作为一个实施例，在所述第一控制资源集合中监测的控制信道备选所占用的CCE(Control Channel Element，控制信道元素)属于所述第一控制资源集合。
作为一个实施例，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的控制信道备选的数量大于1。
作为一个实施例，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的控制信道备选的数量等于1。
作为一个实施例，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的控制信道备选的数量是信令配置的。
作为一个实施例，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的控制信道备选的数量等于和所述第一控制资源集合相关联的搜索空间集合所包括的控制信道备选的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述第二类参考信号是DMRS(Demodulation Reference Signal，解调参考信号)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二类参考信号是PDCCH DMRS。
作为一个实施例，所述第二类参考信号是5GNR中的PDCCH DMRS。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合中包括多个RE被用于所述第二类参考信号。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合中包括被用于所述第二类参考信号的RE之外的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合中所包括的被用于所述第二参考信号的RE在所述第一控制资源集合中的分布是固定的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号被资源映射到所述第一控制资源集合所包括的至少一个RE上。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号占用所述第一控制资源集合所包括的至少一个RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第一控制资源集合所包括的至少一个RE被用于所述第二类参考信号的传输。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号”包括以下含义：本申请中的所述第一节点设备假定所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于所述第二类参考信号。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考 信号”包括以下含义：所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE真实被用于所述第二类参考信号。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第一控制资源集合中的任意一个RE都没有被实际用于所述第二类参考信号，但是本申请中的所述第一节点设备假定所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于所述第二类参考信号。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合包括了所有被用于所述第二类参考信号的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合包括了部分被用于所述第二类参考信号的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号是PDCCH解调参考信号。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道解调时的信道估计。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调”包括以下含义：在一个天线端口上传输的控制信道的调制符号所经历的信道可以通过相同天线端口上传输的所述第二类参考信号的符号推导。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调”包括以下含义：当所述第二类参考信号和所被用于解调的控制信道处于本申请中的所述第一节点设备假定采用相同的预编码的资源内时，在一个天线端口上传输的控制信道的调制符号所经历的信道可以通过相同天线端口上传输的所述第二类参考信号的符号推导。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别属于两个不同的RAT(Radio Access Technology，无线接入技术)。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别属于5GNR(New Radio，新无线)和LTE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号都属于5GNR但是所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号的用途不同。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号是DMRS，所述第一类参考信号是CRS。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号是DMRS，所述第一类参考信号是SS/PBCH块。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号是PDCCH DMRS，所述第一类参考信号是CRS。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号是DMRS，所述第一类参考信号是CSI-RS。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号是反映等价信道的参考信号，所述第一类参考信号是反映实际信道的参考信号。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号”包括以下含义：所述第二类参考信号是经过预编码的参考信号，所述第一类参考信号是不经过预编码的参考信号。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集和所述第一控制资源集合是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集和所述第一控制资源集合是不同的。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集属于所述第一控制资源集合。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合包括所述特征资源子集之外的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集包括多个RE。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的所述第一节点设备假定在所述特征资源子集中采用相同的预编码。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集是所述第一控制资源集合的一个预编码颗粒。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集是一个REG(Resource Element Group，资源元素组)绑定(bundle)。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集是一个CCE。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集在频域占用所述第一控制资源集合所包括的一个在频域占用连续的RB的RB子集。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集是所述第一节点设备可以假定采用相同的预编码的REG的集合。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集是一个REG绑定(bundle)，或者，所述特征资源子集在频域占用所述第一控制资源集合所包括的在频域占用连续的RB的一个RB子集。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集是一个控制信道备选所占用的时频资源。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集由一个控制信道备选所占用的RE组成。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集由一个控制信道备选所占用的REG或者REG绑定组成。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集由一个控制信道备选所占用的CCE组成。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集占用连续的频域资源，在时域占用连续的资源。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集在频域占用连续的RB，在时域占用连续的时域符号。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号和所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号相同。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集和所述第一控制资源集合在时域占用相同的时域资源。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述特征资源子集。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述特征资源子集。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述特征资源子集在频域所包括的RB和在时域所包括的时域符号。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块包括一个比特图(bitmap)，所述第二信息块所包括的比特图被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述特征资源子集在频域所包括的RB；所述第二信息块包括一个时长(duration)指示，所述第二信息块所包括的时长指示被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述特征资源子集在时域所包括的时域符号的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度被用于确定所述特征资源子集。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述特征资源子集是所述第一控制资源集合的一个预编码颗粒。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块包括一个比特图(bitmap)，所述第二信息块所包括的比特图被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的RB；所述第二信息块包括一个预编码颗粒度指示，所述第二信息块所包括的预编码颗粒度指示被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度；当所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是REG绑定时，所述特征资源子集是一个REG绑定；当所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是连续的RB时，所述特征资源子集是一个所述第二信息块所包括的一个比特图所指示的包括频域连续RB的RB子集。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的控制信道备选，所述特征 资源子集是在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的一个控制信道备选所占用的时频资源。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的控制信道备选属于所述第一控制资源集合所关联的搜索空间集合，所述特征资源子集是在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的一个控制信道备选所占用的时频资源。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合所关联的搜索空间集合，在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的控制信道备选属于所述第一控制资源集合所关联的搜索空间集合，所述特征资源子集是在所述第一控制资源集合中所监测的一个控制信道备选所占用的时频资源。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合，所述特征资源子集是在所述第一控制资源集合所包括的一个CCE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合，所述特征资源子集是在所述第一控制资源集合所包括的一个REG绑定。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元在频域占用一个RB，在时域占用一个时域符号。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元是一个REG。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元是一个CCE。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元是一个REG绑定。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意两个时频单元包括相同数量的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集包括两个时频单元包括不同数量的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元中都包括至少一个RE被用于所述第二类参考信号。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块所包括的两个不同的域被分别用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合和所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系”和表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间不符合所述特征关系”是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系”和表述“本申请中的所述第一节点设备期望(expect)所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合所述特征关系之外的关系”是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系”和表述“本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合所述特征关系”是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系”和表述“本申请中的所述第一节点设备确定所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系”是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系”和表述“本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间的关系是所述特征关系”是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，当所述特征关系是所述第一关系时，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述 第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系”和表述“本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的；当所述特征关系是所述第二关系时，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系”和表述“本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠的RE”是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述特征关系是从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定的。
作为一个实施例，所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系是信令配置的。
作为一个实施例，所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系是根据条件关系确定的。
作为一个实施例，所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系是根据本申请中的所述第一节点设备的能力确定的。
作为一个实施例，所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系是预定义的。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中指示所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块之外的信令被用于显式地或者隐式地从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中指示所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力(capability)报告被用于显式地或者隐式地从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，一个网络信令或者所述第一节点设备的能力报告中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力(capability)报告和所述第二信息块一起被用于显式地或者隐式地从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力(capability)报告和所述第二信息块之外的信令一起被用于显式地或者隐式地从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力报告显式地或者隐式地指示支持CRS打孔(Puncture)PDCCH的能力和所述特征关系是所述第一关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力报告显式地或者隐式地指示支持CRS和PDCCH(或CORESET)之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力和所述特征关系是所述第一关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力报告显式地或者隐式地指示不支持CRS打孔(Puncture)PDCCH的能力和所述特征关系是所述第二关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力报告显式地或者隐式地指示仅支持CRS和PDCCH(或CORESET)之间正交的能力和所述特征关系是所述第二关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，CRS打孔(Puncture)PDCCH被配置或者被提供或者被打开(enable或者on)和所述特征关系是所述第一关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，CRS打孔(Puncture)PDCCH没有被配置或者没有被提供或者被关闭(disable或者off)和所述特征关系是所述第二关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，CRS和PDCCH(或CORESET)之间存在至少一个重叠的RE被配置或者被提供或者被打开(enable或者on)和所述特征关系是所述第一关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，CRS和PDCCH(或CORESET)之间存在至少一个重叠的RE没有被配置或者没有被提供或者被关闭(disable或者off)和所述特征关系是所述第二关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合和所述第一控制资源集合之间支持重叠的RE被配置或者被提供或者被打开(enable或者on)和所述特征关系是所述第一关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合和所述第一控制资源集合之间支持重叠的RE没有被配置或者没有被提供或者被关闭(disable或者off)和所述特征关系是所述第二关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合和所述第一控制资源集合之间不支持任何重叠的RE和所述特征关系是所述第二关系之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，CRS打孔(Puncture)PDCCH、CRS和PDCCH(或CORESET)之间存在至少一个重叠的RE、所述第一RE集合和所述第一控制资源集合非正交、所述第一RE集合和所述第一控制资源集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，当所述第一节点设备的能力(capability)报告被用于显式地或者隐式地指示第一能力时，特征信令被用于显式地或者隐式地从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中指示所述特征关系；当所述第一节点设备的能力报告显式地或者隐式地指示第二能力时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；所述第一能力和所述第二能力是不同的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔(Puncture)PDCCH的能力，所述第二能力是不支持CRS打孔(Puncture)PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS和PDCCH(或CORESET)之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力，所述第二能力是不支持CRS和PDCCH(CORESET)之间存在任何一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS和PDCCH(或CORESET)之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力，所述第二能力是仅支持CRS和PDCCH(CORESET)正交的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS和PDCCH(或CORESET)之间存在至少一个重叠的RE和CRS和PDCCH之间正交的能力，所述第二能力是仅支持CRS和PDCCH(CORESET)正交的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力和所述第二能力是两类信道估计的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持所述第一RE集合和所述第一控制资源集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力，所述第二能力是不支持所述第一RE集合和所述第一控制资源集合之间存在任何一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述特征信令包括所述第二信息块所包括的全部或部分域。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述特征信令和所述第二信息块是属于同一个IE的不同的域。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述特征信令和所述第二信息块是两个不同的信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的索引被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第一关系和“所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第一关系是所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第一关系和“所述特征资源子集中的第一时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述特征资源子集中的第二时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间不存在任何一个重叠的RE，所述第一时频单元和所述第二时频单元是属于所述特征资源子集中的两个不同的时频单元”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第一关系和“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间既不每个时频单元都和所述第一RE之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间也不正交”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第一关系和“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间不正交但是所述特征资源子集中包括一个时频单元和所述第一RE之间正交”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第一关系和“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE但是所述特征资源子集中包括一个时频单元和所述第一RE之间不存在任 何重叠的RE”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第一关系和“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE但是所述特征资源子集中包括一个时频单元和所述第一RE之间不存在任何重叠的RE”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第二关系和“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第二关系是所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第二关系和“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间不正交”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第二关系和“所述特征资源子集中至少包括一个时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”是指：所述第二关系和“至少一个RE同时属于所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”包括以下含义：本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望(not expect)所述特征资源子集所包括的仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE，或者本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望(not expect)所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”包括以下含义：本申请中的所述第一节点设备期望(expect)所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间要么正交，要么所述特征资源子集所包括的每个时频单元都和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”包括以下含义：当所述特征关系是所述第一关系时，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE；当所述特征关系是所述第二关系时，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备的能力报告显示地或者隐式地指示支持CORESET(或者PDCCH)和所述第一类参考信号之间存在重叠的RE的能力时，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE；否则，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠 的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备的能力报告显示地或者隐式地指示支持所述第一类参考信号打孔或者占用CORESET(或者PDCCH)的RE的能力时，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE；否则，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备的能力报告显示地或者隐式地指示支持CORESET(或者PDCCH)和所述第一类参考信号之间存在重叠的RE的能力时并且信令配置CORESET(或者PDCCH)和所述第一类参考信号之间存在重叠的RE被打开(enable)时，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE；否则，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备的能力报告显示地或者隐式地指示支持所述第一类参考信号打孔或者占用CORESET(或者PDCCH)的RE的能力时并且信令配置所述第一类参考信号打孔或者占用CORESET(或者PDCCH)的RE被打开(enable)时，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE；否则，本申请中的所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合之间不存在重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合之间非正交。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合之间正交。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE和所述第一控制资源集合包括被所述第一类参考信号打孔的RE之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE和PDCCH被LTE CRS打孔之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，允许所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE和信令配置PDCCH允许被LTE CRS打孔之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
实施例2
实施例2示例了根据本申请的一个网络架构的示意图，如附图2所示。附图2说明了5G NR，LTE(Long-Term Evolution，长期演进)及LTE-A(Long-Term Evolution Advanced，增强长期演进)***的网络架构200的图。5G NR或LTE网络架构200可称为5GS(5G System)/EPS(Evolved Packet System，演进分组***)200某种其它合适术语。5GS/EPS 200可包括一个或一个以上UE(User Equipment，用户设备)201，NG-RAN(下一代无线接入网络)202，5GC(5G Core Network,5G核心网)/EPC(Evolved Packet Core，演进分组核心)210，HSS(Home Subscriber Server，归属签约用户服务器)/UDM(Unified Data Management,统一数据管理)220和因特网服务230。5GS/EPS可与其它接入网络互连，但为了简单未展示这些实体/接口。如图所示，5GS/EPS提供包交换服务，然而所属领域的技术人员将容易 了解，贯穿本申请呈现的各种概念可扩展到提供电路交换服务的网络或其它蜂窝网络。NG-RAN包括NR/演进节点B(gNB/eNB)203和其它gNB(eNB)204。gNB(eNB)203提供朝向UE201的用户和控制平面协议终止。gNB(eNB)203可经由Xn/X2接口(例如，回程)连接到其它gNB(eNB)204。gNB(eNB)203也可称为基站、基站收发台、无线电基站、无线电收发器、收发器功能、基本服务集合(BSS)、扩展服务集合(ESS)、TRP(发送接收节点)或某种其它合适术语。gNB(eNB)203为UE201提供对5GC/EPC210的接入点。UE201的实例包括蜂窝式电话、智能电话、会话起始协议(SIP)电话、膝上型计算机、个人数字助理(PDA)、卫星无线电、非地面基站通信、卫星移动通信、全球定位***、多媒体装置、视频装置、数字音频播放器(例如，MP3播放器)、相机、游戏控制台、无人机、飞行器、窄带物联网设备、机器类型通信设备、陆地交通工具、汽车、可穿戴设备，或任何其它类似功能装置。所属领域的技术人员也可将UE201称为移动台、订户台、移动单元、订户单元、无线单元、远程单元、移动装置、无线装置、无线通信装置、远程装置、移动订户台、接入终端、移动终端、无线终端、远程终端、手持机、用户代理、移动客户端、客户端或某个其它合适术语。gNB(eNB)203通过S1/NG接口连接到5GC/EPC210。5GC/EPC210包括MME(Mobility Management Entity,移动性管理实体)/AMF(Authentication Management Field,鉴权管理域)/SMF(Session Management Function，会话管理功能)211、其它MME/AMF/SMF214、S-GW(Service Gateway，服务网关)/UPF(User Plane Function，用户面功能)212以及P-GW(Packet Date Network Gateway，分组数据网络网关)/UPF213。MME/AMF/SMF211是处理UE201与5GC/EPC210之间的信令的控制节点。大体上，MME/AMF/SMF211提供承载和连接管理。所有用户IP(Internet Protocal，因特网协议)包是通过S-GW/UPF212传送，S-GW/UPF212自身连接到P-GW/UPF213。P-GW提供UE IP地址分配以及其它功能。P-GW/UPF213连接到因特网服务230。因特网服务230包括运营商对应因特网协议服务，具体可包括因特网、内联网、IMS(IP Multimedia Subsystem，IP多媒体子***)和包交换串流服务。
作为一个实施例，所述UE201对应本申请中的所述第一节点设备。
作为一个实施例，所述gNB(eNB)201对应本申请中的所述第二节点设备。
实施例3
实施例3示出了根据本申请的一个用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的实施例的示意图，如附图3所示。图3是说明用于用户平面350和控制平面300的无线电协议架构的实施例的示意图，图3用三个层展示用于第一节点设备(UE或gNB)和第二节点设备(gNB或UE)的控制平面300的无线电协议架构：层1、层2和层3。层1(L1层)是最低层且实施各种PHY(物理层)信号处理功能。L1层在本文将称为PHY301。层2(L2层)305在PHY301之上，且负责通过PHY301在第一节点设备与第二节点设备之间的链路。L2层305包括MAC(Medium Access Control，媒体接入控制)子层302、RLC(Radio Link Control，无线链路层控制协议)子层303和PDCP(Packet Data Convergence Protocol，分组数据汇聚协议)子层304，这些子层终止于第二节点设备处。PDCP子层304提供不同无线电承载与逻辑信道之间的多路复用。PDCP子层304还提供通过加密数据包而提供安全性，以及提供第二节点设备之间的对第一节点设备的越区移动支持。RLC子层303提供上部层数据包的分段和重组装，丢失数据包的重新发射以及数据包的重排序以补偿由于HARQ造成的无序接收。MAC子层302提供逻辑与传输信道之间的多路复用。MAC子层302还负责在第一节点设备之间分配一个小区中的各种无线电资源(例如，资源块)。MAC子层302还负责HARQ操作。控制平面300中的层3(L3层)中的RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线电资源控制)子层306负责获得无线电资源(即，无线电承载)且使用第二节点设备与第一节点设备之间的RRC信令来配置下部层。用户平面350的无线电协议架构包括层1(L1层)和层2(L2层)，在用户平面350中用于第一节点设备和第二节点设备的无线电协议架构对于物理层351，L2层355中的PDCP子层354，L2层355中的RLC子层353和L2层355中的MAC子层352来说和控制平面300中的对应层和子层大体上相同，但PDCP子层354还提供用于上部层数据包的标头压缩以减少无线电发射开销。用户平面350中的L2层355中还包括SDAP(Service Data Adaptation Protocol，服务数据适配协议)子层356，SDAP子层356负责QoS流和数据无线承载(DRB，Data Radio Bearer)之间的映射，以支持业务的多样性。虽然未图示，但第一节点设备可具有在L2层355之上的若干上部层，包括终止于网络侧上的P-GW处的网络层(例如，IP层)和终止于连接的另一端(例如，远端UE、服务器等 等)处的应用层。
作为一个实施例，附图3中的无线协议架构适用于本申请中的所述第一节点设备。
作为一个实施例，附图3中的无线协议架构适用于本申请中的所述第二节点设备。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的所述第一信息块生成于所述RRC306，或者MAC302，或者MAC352，或者所述PHY301，或者PHY351。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的所述第二信息块生成于所述RRC306，或者MAC302，或者MAC352，或者所述PHY301，或者PHY351。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的控制信令备选生成于所述RRC306，或者MAC302，或者MAC352，或者所述PHY301，或者PHY351。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的所述第三信息块生成于所述RRC306，或者MAC302，或者MAC352，或者所述PHY301，或者PHY351。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的所述第四信息块生成于所述RRC306，或者MAC302，或者MAC352，或者所述PHY301，或者PHY351。
实施例4
实施例4示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一节点设备和第二节点设备的示意图，如附图4所示。
在第一节点设备(450)中可以包括控制器/处理器490，数据源/缓存器480，接收处理器452，发射器/接收器456和发射处理器455，发射器/接收器456包括天线460。
在第二节点设备(410)中可以包括控制器/处理器440，数据源/缓存器430，接收处理器412，发射器/接收器416和发射处理器415，发射器/接收器416包括天线420。
在DL(Downlink，下行)中，上层包，比如本申请中的第一信息块、第二信息块和第四信息块所包括的高层信息提供到控制器/处理器440。控制器/处理器440实施L2层及以上层的功能。在DL中，控制器/处理器440提供包头压缩、加密、包分段和重排序、逻辑与输送信道之间的多路复用，以及基于各种优先级量度对第一节点设备450的无线电资源分配。控制器/处理器440还负责HARQ操作、丢失包的重新发射，和到第一节点设备450的信令，比如本申请中的第一信息块、第二信息块和第四信息块所包括的高层信息均在控制器/处理器440中生成。发射处理器415实施用于L1层(即，物理层)的各种信号处理功能，包括编码、交织、加扰、调制、功率控制/分配、预编码和物理层控制信令生成等，比如本申请中的第一信息块、第二信息块和第四信息块的物理层信号和控制信道备选的物理层信号的生成在发射处理器415完成。生成的调制符号分成并行流并将每一流映射到相应的多载波子载波和/或多载波符号，然后由发射处理器415经由发射器416映射到天线420以射频信号的形式发射出去。在接收端，每一接收器456通过其相应天线460接收射频信号，每一接收器456恢复调制到射频载波上的基带信息，且将基带信息提供到接收处理器452。接收处理器452实施L1层的各种信号接收处理功能。信号接收处理功能包括对本申请中的第一信息块、第二信息块和第四信息块的物理层信号和控制信道备选的物理层信号的接收，通过多载波符号流中的多载波符号进行基于各种调制方案(例如，二元相移键控(BPSK)、正交相移键控(QPSK))的解调，随后解扰，解码和解交织以恢复在物理信道上由第二节点设备410发射的数据或者控制，随后将数据和控制信号提供到控制器/处理器490。控制器/处理器490负责L2层及以上层，控制器/处理器490对本申请中的第一信息块、第二信息块和第四信息块所包括的高层信息进行解读。控制器/处理器可与存储程序代码和数据的存储器480相关联。存储器480可称为计算机可读媒体。
在上行(UL)传输中，和下行传输类似，高层信息包括本申请中的第三信息块所包括的高层信息在控制器/处理器490生成后经过发射处理器455实施用于L1层(即，物理层)的各种信号发射处理功能，包括携带本申请中的第三信息块的物理层信号的生成在发射处理器455完成，然后由发射处理器455经由发射器456映射到天线460以射频信号的形式发射出去。接收器416通过其相应天线420接收射频信号，每一接收器416恢复调制到射频载波上的基带信息，且将基带信息提供到接收处理器412。接收处理器412实施用于L1层(即，物理层)的各种信号接收处理功能，包括接收处理携带本申请中第三信息块的物理层信号，随后将数据和/或控制信号提供到控制器/处理器440。在控制器/处理器440实施L2层的功能包括对高层信息进行解读，包括本申请中的第三信息块所携带的高层信息的解读。控制器/处理器可与存储程 序代码和数据的缓存器430相关联。缓存器430可以为计算机可读媒体。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备450装置包括：至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器，所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码；所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用，所述第一节点设备450装置至少：接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备450装置包括：一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器，所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作，所述动作包括：接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第二节点设备410装置包括：至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器，所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码；所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用。所述第二节点设备410装置至少：发送第一信息块和发送第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于指示第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；在第一控制资源集合中发送控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第二节点设备410包括：一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器，所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作，所述动作包括：发送第一信息块和发送第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于指示第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；在第一控制资源集合中发送控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一 个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备450是一个用户设备(UE)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二节点设备410是一个基站设备(gNB/eNB)。
作为一个实施例，接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中接收所述第一信息块。
作为一个实施例，接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中接收所述第二信息块。
作为一个实施例，接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中在所述第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选。
作为一个实施例，发射器456(包括天线460)，发射处理器455和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中发送所述第三信息块。
作为一个实施例，接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中接收所述第四信息块。
作为一个实施例，发射器416(包括天线420)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440被用于发送本申请中的所述第一信息块。
作为一个实施例，发射器416(包括天线420)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440被用于发送本申请中的所述第二信息块。
作为一个实施例，发射器416(包括天线420)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440被用于发送本申请中在所述第一控制资源集合中发送控制信道备选。
作为一个实施例，接收器416(包括天线420)，接收处理器412和控制器/处理器440被用于接收本申请中的所述第三信息块。
作为一个实施例，发射器416(包括天线420)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440被用于发送本申请中的所述第四信息块。
实施例5
实施例5示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的无线信号传输流程图，如附图5所示。在附图5中，第二节点设备N500是第一节点设备U550的服务小区的维持基站。特别说明的是本示例中的顺序并不限制本申请中的信号传输顺序和实施的顺序。
对于 第二节点设备N500，在步骤S501中发送第四信息块，在步骤S502中接收第三信息块，在步骤S503中发送第一信息块，在步骤S504中发送第二信息块，在步骤S505中在第一控制资源集合中发送控制信道备选。
对于 第一节点设备U550，在步骤S551中接收第四信息块，在步骤S552中发送第三信息块，在步骤S553中接收第一信息块，在步骤S554中接收第二信息块，在步骤S555中在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选。
在实施例5中，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE；所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力；第一数量值等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标 数量集合中确定所述第一数量值。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块通过空中接口或无线接口传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括了一个高层信令或一个物理层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括了一个RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)层信令或一个MAC(Medium Access Control，媒体接入控制)层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括一个UCI(Uplink Control Information，上行控制信息)格式的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“pdcch-lteCRSPuncturing”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“FeatureSetDownlink”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“FeatureSetDownlinkPerCC”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“BandCombinationList”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“BandNR”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块包括能力(capability)指示信息。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力”包括以下含义：所述第三信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一节点设备的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力”包括以下含义：所述第三信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力”包括以下含义：所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力”包括以下含义：所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的关于PDCCH的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力”包括以下含义：所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备是否支持监测被CRS打孔的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力”包括以下含义：所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备是否支持所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力”包括以下含义：所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备是否支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块在所述第一信息块之前。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块在所述第一信息块之后。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块在所述第二信息块之前。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块在所述第二信息块之后。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块通过空中接口或无线接口传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括了一个高层信令或一个物理层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括了一个RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)层信令或一个MAC(Medium Access Control，媒体接入控制)层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括了MIB(Master Information Block，主信息块)中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块通过SSB携带。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括了一个***信息块中的全部或部分
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括了SIB1中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块是小区特定的(Cell Specific)。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块是每BWP(Bandwidth Part，带宽部分)配置的(PerBWP Configured)。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括一个DCI格式的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“dmrs-TypeA-Position”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“sCellConfigCommon”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的域(Field)“spCellConfigCommon”中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“ServingCellConfigCommon”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块包括一个RRC层信令中的IE(Information Element，信息单元)“ServingCellConfigCommonSIB”中的全部或部分域(Field)。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块在所述第一信息块之前。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块在所述第一信息块之后。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块和所述第一信息块通过同一个物理信道传输的。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块和所述第一信息块属于通过一个IE中的两个不同的域。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块和所述第一信息块属于两个不同的IE。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块在所述第二信息块之前。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块在所述第二信息块之后。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块和所述第二信息块通过同一个物理信道传输的。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块和所述第二信息块属于通过一个IE中的两个不同的域。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块和所述第二信息块属于两个不同的IE。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块在所述第三信息块之前。
作为一个实施例，所述第四信息块在所述第三信息块之后。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合”包括以下含义：所述第四信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述目标数量集合。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合”包括以下含义：所述第四信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述目标数量集合。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合”包括以下含义：所述第四信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述目标数量集合所包括的最大的数量值，所述目标数量集合由不大于所述最大的数量值的正整数组成。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合”包括以下含义：所述第四信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示DMRS的时域起始位置，所述DMRS的时域起始位置被用于确定所述目标数量集合。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合”包括以下含义：所述第四信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示DMRS的时域起始位置，所述第四信息块所指示的DMRS的时域起始位置被用于确定所述目标数量集合所包括的最大的数量值，所述目标数量集合由不大于所述最大的数量值的正整数组成。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合”包括以下含义：所述第四信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示DMRS的时域起始位置，所述第四信息块所指示的DMRS的时域起始位置被用于确定至少一个数量值是否属于所述目标数量集合。
实施例6
实施例6示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一类参考信号的示意图，如附图6所示。在附图6中， 横轴代表时间，纵轴代表频率，每个小方格代表一个RE，每个填充的小方格代表第一类参考信号所占用的一个RE，不同填充的小方格代表第一类参考信号的不同的天线端口。
在实施例6中，本申请中的所述第一信息块包括第一子信息块和第二子信息块，所述第一子信息块被用于确定本申请中的所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量，所述第二子信息块被用于确定本申请中的所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从本申请中的所述第一关系或者本申请中的所述第二关系之间确定本申请中的所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一子信息块和所述第二子信息块是同一个IE中的两个不同的域。
作为一个实施例，所述第一子信息块和所述第二子信息块是两个不同的IE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一子信息块和所述第二子信息块是所述第一信息块所包括的两个不同的域。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量”包括以下含义：所述第一子信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量”包括以下含义：所述第一子信息块显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量”包括以下含义：所述第一子信息块显式地或者隐式地指示在速率匹配或者打孔的时候的所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置”包括以下含义：所述第二子信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置”包括以下含义：所述第二子信息块显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置”包括以下含义：所述第二子信息块显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一RE集合所包括的每个RE在所属的RB中的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置”包括以下含义：所述第二子信息块显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号的v偏移，所述第一类参考信号的v偏移被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置”包括以下含义：所述第二子信息块显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一RE集合在频域所属的载波的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置”包括以下含义：所述第二子信息块显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一RE集合在频域所属的载波的载波带宽，所述第一RE集合在频域所属的载波的载波带宽被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于1、2或4中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于4。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于2或4中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量是正整数。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置是所述第一RE集合所包括的每个RE在频域所属的RB中的频域位置。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置是所述第一RE集合在频域所属的载波的中心频率。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置是所述第一类参考信号的v偏移的值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置是所述第一RE集合所包括的RE在频域的分布。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量和所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者都被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量是否等于4被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量是否等于2或4中之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：当所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于4时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：当所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于2或4时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：当所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于4时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中之一；否则，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：当所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于4时，网络信令或者所述第一节点设备的能力报告中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关 系”是指：当所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于2或者4时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中之一；否则，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：当所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量等于2或者4时，网络信令或者所述第一节点设备的能力报告中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：当所述第一RE集合和所述第二类参考信号所占用RE之间存在至少一个重叠的RE时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于确定所述特征关系是所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中之一。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：所述第一RE集合和所述第二类参考信号所占用RE之间是否存在至少一个重叠的RE被用于确定所述特征关系是否是所述第一关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”是指：当所述第一RE集合和所述第二类参考信号所占用RE之间存在至少一个重叠的RE时，网络信令或者所述第一节点设备的能力报告中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
实施例7
实施例7示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度的示意图，如附图7所示。在附图7中，在情况A和情况B中，横轴代表时间，纵轴代表频率，每个填充的矩形框代表一个第一控制资源集合在频域所占用的RB，具有相同填充的矩形具有相同的预编码；在情况A中，第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有的连续的RB；在情况B中，第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是REG绑定。
在实施例7中，本申请中的所述第二信息块被用于确定本申请中的所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，本申请中的所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度(granularity)是所有连续的RB(all Contiguous RBs)或者REG绑定中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所述第一节点设备可以假定采用相同的预编码的REG的最大数量。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所述第一节点设备可以假定采用相同的预编码的RB的最大数量。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所述第一节点设备可以假定所包括的任意两个REG采用相同的预编码的时频资源。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块所包括的一个或多个域被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制 资源集合的预编码颗粒度。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度”包括以下含义：所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB或者REG绑定中之一，所述第二信息块被用于从所有连续的RB或者REG绑定两者中显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度”包括以下含义：所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB或者REG绑定中之一，所述第二信息块所包括的一个域被用于从所有连续的RB或者REG绑定两者中显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述第二信息块所包括的另外一个或多个域被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度所包括的REG的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关”包括以下含义：所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度被用于确定所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关”包括以下含义：所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量等于所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度所包括的REG的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关”包括以下含义：所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度所包括的REG的数量线性相关。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关”包括以下含义：所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量等于所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度所包括的REG绑定的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关”包括以下含义：所述特征资源子集就是采用所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度的一个预编码颗粒。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关”包括以下含义：当所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB时，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量和所述第一控制资源集合所包括的一个占用频域连续的RB的RB子集所包括的RB的数量之间的乘积；当所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是REG绑定时，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量等于一个REG绑定所包括的REG的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关”包括以下含义：当所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB时，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量等于第一控制子集所包括的REG的数量，所述第一控制子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合，所述第一控制子集和所述第一控制资源集合在时域占用相同的时域符号，所述第一控制子集在频域占用连续的RB；当所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是REG绑定时，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量等于一个REG绑定所包括的REG的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备确定在所述特征资源子集中采用相同的预编码。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备假定在所述特征资源子集中采用相同的预编码。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备假定所述特征资源子集所包括的任意两个时频单元采用相同的预编码。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备假定所述特征资源子集所包括的所有的时频单元采用相同的预编码。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备不能假定所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元和所述特征资源子集之外的一个时频单元采用相同的预编码。
实施例8
实施例8示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的特征关系的确定的示意图，如附图8所示。在附图8中，从801开始，在802中判断是否具有监测和其它信号之间存在重叠的RE的控制信道备选的能力，在803中判断和其它信号之间存在重叠的RE的控制信道备选的传输是否打开，在804中特征关系是第二关系，在805中判断第一控制资源集合的索引是否等于0，在806中特征关系是第一关系。
在实施例8中，本申请中的所述第三信息块被用于指示本申请中的所述第一节点设备的能力，所述第一节点设备的能力或者本申请中的所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从本申请中的所述第一关系或者本申请中的所述第二关系之间确定本申请中的所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备的特性集合(Feature Set)中的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备的下行特性集合(Feature Set)中的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备的每载波特性集合(Feature Set per component carrier)中的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备的频带特有的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备的频带列表特有的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备的关于PDCCH监测的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备的关于监测被CRS打孔的PDCCH的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备的关于监测被所述第一类参考信号打孔的PDCCH的全部或者部分能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力是指：所述第一节点设备是否支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的索引是非负整数。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的索引是正整数。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的索引和所述第一控制资源集合的标识(ID)之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第三信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块之外的信令被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合的索引。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被本申请中的所述第一节点设备或者本申请中的所述第二节点设备用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一节点设备的能力和所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者都被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一节点设备的能力被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两 者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一控制资源集合的索引被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引是否等于0两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引是否等于和索引等于0的搜索空间集合相关联的控制资源集合的索引相等两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引是否等于和公共搜索空间集合相关联的控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备的能力不支持PDCCH被CRS打孔时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备的能力支持PDCCH被CRS打孔时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备的能力仅支持17版本(Release)及之前的PDCCH时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备的能力支持18版本的PDCCH时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备的能力仅支持17版本及之前的PDCCH时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备的能力支持18版本的PDCCH并且高层参数或信令打开(enable)或者配置了18版本的PDCCH时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；当所述第一节点设备的能力支持18版本的PDCCH但是高层参数或信令关闭(disable)18版本的PDCCH时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备不支持第一能力时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备支持所述第一能力时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备不支持第一能力时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备支持所述第一能力并且高层参数或信令指示打开(enable)时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；当所述第一节点设备支持所述第一能力但是高层参数或信令指示关闭(disable)时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备没有提供第一参数或者提供了所述第一参数但是所述第一参数指示不支持第一能力时，所述 特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备没有提供第一参数或者提供了所述第一参数但是所述第一参数指示不支持第一能力时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力并且高层参数或信令指示打开(enable)时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力但是高层参数或信令指示关闭(disable)时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；所述第一参数是所述第一节点设备的能力报告所包括的一个参数。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一控制资源集合的索引等于0时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一控制资源集合的索引大于0时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一控制资源集合的索引等于和索引等于0的搜索空间集合相关联的控制资源集合的索引时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一控制资源集合的索引等于和预定义类型的公共搜索空间集合相关联的控制资源集合的索引时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：只有当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力并且所述第一控制资源集合的索引不等于0时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；其它情况所述特征关系都是所述第二关系；所述第一参数是所述第一节点设备的能力报告所包括的一个参数。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：只有当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力并且高层参数或信令指示打开(enable)并且所述第一控制资源集合的索引不等于0时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；其它情况所述特征关系都是所述第二关系；所述第一参数是所述第一节点设备的能力报告所包括的一个参数。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：只有当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力并且所述第一控制资源 集合的索引不等于和预定义类型的公共搜索空间集合相关联的控制资源集合的索引时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；其它情况所述特征关系都是所述第二关系；所述第一参数是所述第一节点设备的能力报告所包括的一个参数。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一控制资源集合的索引等于0时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备没有提供第一参数或者提供了所述第一参数但是所述第一参数指示不支持第一能力时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力并且所述第一控制资源集合的索引不等于0时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；所述第一参数是所述第一节点设备的能力报告所包括的一个参数。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一控制资源集合的索引等于0时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备没有提供第一参数或者提供了所述第一参数但是所述第一参数指示不支持第一能力时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力但是高层参数或信令指示关闭(disable)时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；当所述第一节点设备提供了所述第一参数并且所述第一参数指示支持所述第一能力并且高层参数或信令指示打开(enable)并且所述第一控制资源集合的索引不等于0时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；所述第一参数是所述第一节点设备的能力报告所包括的一个参数。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CRS打孔PDCCH的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持CORESET和所述第一类参考信号之间存在至少一个重叠的RE的能力。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一能力是支持18版本的PDCCH的能力。
实施例9
实施例9示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一阈值的示意图，如附图9所示。在附图9中，横轴代表时间，纵轴代表频率，每个填充的矩形框代表一个第一控制资源集合在频域所占用的RB，具有相同填充的矩形组成一个不连续的RB子集，X代表第一控制资源集合中的不连续的RB子集的数量。
在实施例9中，本申请中的所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量不大于第一阈值，所述第一阈值是大于1的正整数；所述第一阈值是固定的，或者所述第一阈值与本申请中的所述特征关系是本申请中的所述第一关系还是本申请中的所述第二关系有关。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的所述第一节点设备假定(assume)在任意两个在频域属于同一个包括连续RB的RB子集中的REG采用相同的预编码。
作为一个实施例，本申请中的所述第一节点设备假定(assume)在频域属于任意一个包括连续RB的RB子集的所有的REG采用相同的预编码。
作为一个实施例，当所述第一控制资源集合在频域仅包括连续的RB时，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量等于1。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的任意一个不连续的RB子集包括频域连续的RB。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的任意一个不连续的RB子集至少包括一个RB。
作为一个实施例，当所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量大于1时，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的任意两个不连续的RB子集一起包括频域离散的RB。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的任意一个不连续的RB子集包括频域连续的RB；当所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量大于1时，存在所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的RB之外的一个RB在频域处于所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的两个不连续的RB子集之间。
作为一个实施例，当所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量大于1时，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的任意两个不连续的RB子集之间存在一个所述第一控制资源集合在频域所占用的RB之外的RB。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块所指示的一个比特图被用于指示所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的RB。
作为一个实施例，所述第一阈值固定等于4。
作为一个实施例，所述第一阈值大于4。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力报告被用于指示所述第一阈值是否可以大于4。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备的能力报告被用于指示所述第一节点设备是否支持所述第一阈值大于4。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”包括以下含义：所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系被用于确定所述第一阈值。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”包括以下含义：所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系被用于确定所述第一阈值是否大于4。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”包括以下含义：所述第一阈值是否大于4被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”是指：当所述特征关系是所述第一关系时，所述第一阈值大于4；当所述特征关系是所述第二关系时，所述第一阈值等于4。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”是指：当所述特征关系是所述第一关系时，所述第一阈值等于4；当所述特征关系是所述第二关系时，所述第一阈值大于4。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”是指：当所述第一阈值大于4时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；当所述第一阈值等于4时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”是指：当所述第一阈值等于4时，所述特征关系是所述第一关系；当所述第一阈值大于4时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”是指：所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系都和同一个参数有关。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”是指：同一个能力参数被用于确定所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关”是指：同一个能力参数被用于确定所述第一阈值是否大于4与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系。
实施例10
实施例10示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一类参考信号和第二类参考信号之间的关系的示意图，如附图10所示。在附图10的情况A和情况B中，TRP#1和TRP#2分别代表两个发送接收节点或者两个不 同的天线端口组；在情况A中，第一类参考信号和第二类参考信号不是准共址的；在情况B中，第一类参考信号和第二类参考信号是准共址的。
在实施例10中，本申请中的所述第一信息块被用于确定本申请中的所述第一类参考信号和本申请中的所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址(QCL，Quasi-CoLocation)或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址和所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址以及当所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间准共址时指示所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一节点设备是否可以假定(assume)所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址(QCL，Quasi-CoLocation)或者所述第一节点设备假定(assume)的所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定占用所述第一RE集合所包括的至少一个RE的所述第一类参考信号的天线端口和占用所述第一控制资源集合所包括的至少一个RE的所述第二类参考信号的天线端口之间是否准共址。
作为一个实施例，“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的至少一个天线端口和所述第二类参考信号的至少一个天线端口之间是否准共址。
作为一个实施例，“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一节点设备是否可以假定(assume)所述第一类参考信号的至少一个天线端口和所述第二类参考信号的至少一个天线端口之间准共址。
作为一个实施例，“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和第三类参考信号之间准共址，所述第二类参考信号和所述第三类参考信号准共址，所述第三类参考信号是和所述第一类参考信号以及所述第二类参考信号都不相同的参考信号。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第三类参考信号是CSI-RS。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第三类参考信号是非零功率(NZP，non-zero power)CSI-RS。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第三类参考信号是SSB。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块还被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号所准共址的所述第三类参考信号所属的带宽部分(BWP)的ID。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块还被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号所准共址的所述第三类参考信号所属的服务小区的ID。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号所准共址的所述第三类参考信号的ID或者索引。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号所准共址的所述第三类参考信号的天线端口号。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和第三类参考信号之间是否具有特定类型的准共址关系；作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和第三类参考信号之间是否具有类型D的准共址关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型是类型A(typeA)、类型B(typeB)、类型C(typeC)或者类型D(typeD)中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型是类型A(typeA)、类型B(typeB)或者类型C(typeC)中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型是类型A(typeA)或者类型D(typeD)中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型是类型1(type1)或者类型2(type2)中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型是包括小尺度衰落的QCL类型或者仅包括大尺度衰落的QCL类型中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型是包括空间接收参数的QCL类型或者不包括空间接收参数的QCL类型中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型是包括延时扩展(delay spread)或者不包括延时扩展的QCL类型中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型包括：所述第一类参考信号的至少一个天线端口和所述第二类参考信号的至少一个天线端口之间的准共址关系的类型。
作为一个实施例，所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型包括：占用所述第一RE集合所包括的至少一个RE的所述第一类参考信号的天线端口和占用所述第一控制资源集合所包括的至少一个RE的所述第二类参考信号的天线端口之间的准共址关系的类型。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一节点设备假定(assume)的所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的两个域被用于分别指示所述第一类参考信号的ID或者索引和所述第二类参考信号的ID或者索引和准共址关系的类型。
作为一个实施例，“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号和第三类参考 信号之间准共址，所述第二信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第二类参考信号和所述第三类参考信号准共址和所述第二类参考信号和所述第三类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型，所述第三类参考信号是和所述第一类参考信号以及所述第二类参考信号都不相同的参考信号。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第三类参考信号是CSI-RS。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第三类参考信号是非零功率(NZP，non-zero power)CSI-RS。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第三类参考信号是SSB。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块还被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号所准共址的所述第三类参考信号所属的带宽部分(BWP)的ID。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块还被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号所准共址的所述第三类参考信号所属的服务小区的ID。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号所准共址的所述第三类参考信号的ID或者索引。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一类参考信号所准共址的所述第三类参考信号的天线端口号。
实施例11
实施例11示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一数量值的示意图，如附图11所示。在附图11中，横轴代表时间，纵轴代表频率，每个小矩形格代表一个RE，每个填充的矩形格代表第一RE集合中的一个RE，粗线框矩形所圈起的小矩形格代表第一控制资源集合所包括的RE。
在实施例11中，第一数量值等于本申请中的所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，本申请中的所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；本申请中的所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，本申请中的所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值；所述第一数量值被用于从本申请中的所述第一关系或者本申请中的所述第二关系中确定本申请中的所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，当所述第一数量大于1时，所述第一控制资源集合在时域占用连续的时域符号。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的任意一个时域符号是OFDM符号。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的任意一个时域符号包括循环前缀(CP，cyclic prefix)部分和数据部分。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的任意一个时域符号是OFDM符号。
作为一个实施例，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的任意一个时域符号包括循环前缀(CP，cyclic prefix)部分和数据部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一数量值等于1、2或3中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一数量等于1或2中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第一数量可以大于3。
作为一个实施例，所述目标数量集合所包括的数量值分别等于1、2、3。
作为一个实施例，所述目标数量集合所包括的数量值分别等于1、2。
作为一个实施例，所述目标数量集合所包括的任意一个数量值是正整数。
作为一个实施例，所述目标数量集合所包括的数量值的数量等于2或者3中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述目标数量集合所包括的任意一个数量值等于一个可能的CORESET在时域所持续(duration)的时域符号的数量。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块所包括的一个域被用于显式地或者隐式地从所述目标数量集合中指示所述第一数量值。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块所包括的一个域被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一控制资源集合在时域的持续时间(duration)，所述第一控制资源集合在时域的持续时间是以所述目标数量集合所包括 的所述第一数量值表示的。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一数量值被本申请中的所述第一节点设备或者所述第二节点设备用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一数量值根据条件关系被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：所述第一数量值和一个预定义的阈值之间的大小关系被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于2时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第一关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于2时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第一关系或者所述第二关系两者中之一。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于2时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于1时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第一关系或者所述第二关系两者中之一。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于1时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合在时域重叠的时域符号的数量时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第一关系或者所述第二关系两者中之一。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于所述第一控制资源集合和所述第一RE集合在时域重叠的时域符号的数量时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于所述第一RE集合在时域包括的最大连续符号的数量时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述特征关系是所述第一关系或者所述第二关系两者中之一。
作为一个实施例，权利要求中的表述“所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系”包括以下含义：当所述第一数量值大于所述第一RE集合在时域包括的最大连续符号的数量时，所述特征关系是所述第二关系；否则，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
实施例12
实施例12示例了一个实施例的第一节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图，如附图12所示。在附图12中，第一节点设备处理装置1200包括第一收发机1201和第一接收机1202。第一收发机1201包括本申请附图4中的发射器/接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452，发射处理器455和控制器/处理器490；第一接收机1202包括本申请附图4中的发射器/接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490。
在实施例12中，第一收发机1201接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；第一接收机1202在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括第一子信息块和第二子信息块，所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量，所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
作为一个实施例，第一收发机1201发送第三信息块；其中，所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量不大于第一阈值，所述第一阈值是大于1的正整数；所述第一阈值是固定的，或者所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，第一收发机1201接收第四信息块；其中，第一数量值等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值；所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
实施例13
实施例13示例了一个实施例的第二节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图，如附图13所示。在附图13中，第二节点设备处理装置1300包括第二收发机1301和第一发射机1302。第二收发机1301包括本申请附图4中的发射器/接收器416(包括天线460)，接收处理器412，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440；第一发射机1302包括本申请附图4中的发射器/接收器416(包括天线460)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440。
在实施例13中，第二收发机1301发送第一信息块和发送第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于指示第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用 于第一类参考信号；第一发射机1302在第一控制资源集合中发送控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括第一子信息块和第二子信息块，所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量，所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
作为一个实施例，第二收发机1301接收第三信息块；其中，所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
作为一个实施例，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量不大于第一阈值，所述第一阈值是大于1的正整数；所述第一阈值是固定的，或者所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于指示所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间是否准共址，或者所述第一类参考信号和所述第二类参考信号之间的准共址关系的类型这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，第二收发机1301发送第四信息块；其中，第一数量值等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；所述第四信息块被用于指示目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值；所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解上述方法中的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序来指令相关硬件完成，所述程序可以存储于计算机可读存储介质中，如只读存储器，硬盘或者光盘等。可选的，上述实施例的全部或部分步骤也可以使用一个或者多个集成电路来实现。相应的，上述实施例中的各模块单元，可以采用硬件形式实现，也可以由软件功能模块的形式实现，本申请不限于任何特定形式的软件和硬件的结合。本申请中的第一节点设备或者第二节点设备或者UE或者终端包括但不限于手机，平板电脑，笔记本，上网卡，低功耗设备，eMTC设备，NB-IoT设备，车载通信设备，飞行器，飞机，无人机，遥控飞机等无线通信设备。本申请中的基站设备或者基站或者网络侧设备包括但不限于宏蜂窝基站，微蜂窝基站，家庭基站，中继基站，eNB，gNB，传输接收节点TRP，中继卫星，卫星基站，空中基站等无线通信设备。
本领域的技术人员应当理解，本发明可以通过不脱离其核心或基本特点的其它指定形式来实施。因此，目前公开的实施例无论如何都应被视为描述性而不是限制性的。发明的范围由所附的权利要求而不是前面的描述确定，在其等效意义和区域之内的所有改动都被认为已包含在其中。

Claims (20)

  1. 一种用于无线通信的第一节点设备，其特征在于，包括：
    第一收发机，接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；
    第一接收机，在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；
    其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一信息块包括第一子信息块和第二子信息块，所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量，所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一收发机发送第三信息块；其中，所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力，所述第一节点设备的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量不大于第一阈值，所述第一阈值是大于1的正整数；所述第一阈值是固定的，或者所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集所包括的仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE，或者所述第一节点设备不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠的RE。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一收发机接收第四信息块；其中，第一数量值等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值；所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
  8. 一种用于无线通信的第二节点设备，其特征在于，包括：
    第二收发机，发送第一信息块和发送第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于指示第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；
    第一发射机，在第一控制资源集合中发送控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；
    其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述 特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的第二节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一信息块包括第一子信息块和第二子信息块，所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量，所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的第二节点设备，其特征在于，所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
  11. 根据权利要求8至10中任一权利要求所述的第二节点设备，其特征在于，所述第二收发机接收第三信息块；其中，所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第三信息块的发送者的能力，所述第三信息块的发送者的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
  12. 根据权利要求8至11中任一权利要求所述的第二节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量不大于第一阈值，所述第一阈值是大于1的正整数；所述第一阈值是固定的，或者所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关。
  13. 根据权利要求8至12中任一权利要求所述的第二节点设备，其特征在于，所述第二收发机发送第四信息块；其中，第一数量值等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值；所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
  14. 一种用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收第一信息块和接收第二信息块，所述第一信息块被用于确定第一RE集合，所述第一RE集合包括至少一个RE，所述第一RE集合所包括的任意一个RE被用于第一类参考信号；
    在第一控制资源集合中监测控制信道备选，所述第一控制资源集合包括多个RE，所述第一控制资源集合中包括至少一个RE被用于第二类参考信号，所述第二类参考信号和所述第一类参考信号分别是两类不相同的参考信号，所述第二类参考信号被用于控制信道的解调；
    其中，所述第二信息块被用于确定特征资源子集，所述特征资源子集包括多个时频单元，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个时频单元包括多个RE，所述特征资源子集所包括的任意一个RE属于所述第一控制资源集合；所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间符合特征关系之外的关系，所述特征关系是第一关系或者第二关系中之一；所述第一关系包括所述特征资源子集中仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE，所述第二关系包括所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在至少一个重叠的RE。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息块包括第一子信息块和第二子信息块，所述第一子信息块被用于确定所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量，所述第二子信息块被用于确定所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置，所述第一类参考信号的天线端口的数量或者所述第一RE集合所包括的RE的频域位置两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息块被用于确定所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度，所述特征资源子集所包括的时频单元的数量和所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度有关。
  17. 根据权利要求14至16中任一权利要求所述的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    发送第三信息块；
    其中，所述第三信息块被用于指示所述第一节点的能力，所述第一节点的能力或者所述第一控制资源集合的索引两者中的至少之一被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系之间确定所述特征关系。
  18. 根据权利要求14至17中任一权利要求所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一控制资源集合的预编码颗粒度是所有连续的RB，所述第一控制资源集合在频域所包括的不连续的RB子集的数量不大于第一阈值，所述第一阈值是大于1的正整数；所述第一阈值是固定的，或者所述第一阈值与所述特征关系是所述第一关系还是所述第二关系有关。
  19. 根据权利要求14至18中任一权利要求所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点不期望所述特征资源子集所包括的仅部分时频单元和所述第一RE集合之间存在重叠的RE，或者所述第一节点不期望所述特征资源子集和所述第一RE集合之间存在任何重叠的RE。
  20. 根据权利要求14至19中任一权利要求所述的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收第四信息块；
    其中，第一数量值等于所述第一控制资源集合在时域所占用的时域符号的数量，所述特征资源子集在时域所占用的时域符号的数量等于所述第一数量值；所述第四信息块被用于确定目标数量集合，所述目标数量集合包括多个数量值，所述第二信息块被用于从所述目标数量集合中确定所述第一数量值；所述第一数量值被用于从所述第一关系或者所述第二关系中确定所述特征关系。
PCT/CN2022/136423 2021-12-08 2022-12-05 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置 WO2023103924A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111490609.8 2021-12-08
CN202111490609.8A CN116261221A (zh) 2021-12-08 2021-12-08 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023103924A1 true WO2023103924A1 (zh) 2023-06-15

Family

ID=86686612

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/136423 WO2023103924A1 (zh) 2021-12-08 2022-12-05 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN116261221A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023103924A1 (zh)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019031787A1 (ko) * 2017-08-06 2019-02-14 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호를 수신하는 방법 및 장치
US20210021394A1 (en) * 2019-07-20 2021-01-21 Shanghai Langbo Communication Technology Company Limited Method and device in communication node used for wireless communication
CN112751654A (zh) * 2019-10-29 2021-05-04 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019031787A1 (ko) * 2017-08-06 2019-02-14 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호를 수신하는 방법 및 장치
US20210021394A1 (en) * 2019-07-20 2021-01-21 Shanghai Langbo Communication Technology Company Limited Method and device in communication node used for wireless communication
CN112751654A (zh) * 2019-10-29 2021-05-04 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MOTOROLA: "Simulation Results for GCL based DL Reference Signals", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-063055_FINAL, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Riga, Latvia; 20061102, 2 November 2006 (2006-11-02), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP050103518 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117915478A (zh) 2024-04-19
CN116261221A (zh) 2023-06-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021204156A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2021227823A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2021147892A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2022121832A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2021023038A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2020034846A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
US10609682B2 (en) Method and device in UE and base station used for dynamic scheduling
WO2019006592A1 (zh) 一种被用于多天线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
WO2019006578A1 (zh) 一种被用于多天线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
US11343850B2 (en) Method and device in UE and base station
WO2021160008A1 (zh) 被用于无线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
US20230217217A1 (en) Method and device in nodes used for wireless communication
WO2022100638A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2021155816A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023103924A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN117915479A (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2020024782A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023131145A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2020001247A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的通信节点中的方法和装置
WO2023284598A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023051491A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023045863A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2024125276A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023241553A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023185523A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22903346

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1